EPA/530-SW-86-005     f
                                  ••  •                *.';. \^ .  V


         OSWER POLICY DIRECTIVE NO. 9551.00-1A






LAND DISPOSAL BAN VARIANCE PETITIONER'S GUIDANCE MANUAL






                        DRAFT
                 Office of Solid Waste
          U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                   401 M Street, S.W.
                Washington, D.C.  20460
                     February 1986

-------

-------
                                             530-SW-86-005.A
                      SPECIAL NOTE
    This draft guidance manual is based on a proposed rule,
the approach and content of the final version of the guidance,
when issued, will be dependent on the approach promulgated
in the final Land Disposal Restrictions Rule.  Promulgation
of the first phase of final land disposal restrictions is
scheduled for November 1986.

-------

-------
                  Land Disposal Ban Variance
                 Petitioners Guidance Manual
                           CONTENT


  I.  Introduction

 II.  Waste Analysis

III,  1st Tier Analysis - Screening Factors

      a.  Approval or Rejection Criteria
      b.  Approval for a 2nd Tier Simplified analysis

 IV.  2nd Tier Analysis - Simplified Site Analysis
                      • •
      a.  Objectives  • *
      b.  Health-based Threshold Models, or Other
          Simplified Models
      c.  Data Requirements
      d.  Point of Exposure
      e.  Analysis and Decision Criteria

  V.  Exposure and Population Analysis

      a.  Exposure Assessment
      b.  Population Characterization
      c.  Risk Management Factors


 VI.  3rd Tier Analysis - Elements of a Detailed Site Analysis

      a.  Objectives
      b.  Petitioner Conference
      e.  Components
      d.  Format
      e.  Technical Assistance
      f.  Related Guidance Documents

  V.  Summary of the Conditions of an Approved Petition

Appendix   I     Screening Factors
Appendix  II     Proposed Land Disposal Restrictions
Appendix III     Agency Risk Assessment Guidelines

-------

-------
 I.  Introduction
      This guidance manual provides a. basic description of the
 requirements for petitioning the Agency for removal of
 "restrictions placed on the land disposal of any hazardous
                       • •                       '  •
 waste under Section 3004 (d), (e), or (g) of the Resource
 Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA).  To obtain approval for
 i>      • '      .                 •     •       .          •  . •   •
 a petition, it must be demonstrated that land disposal is a
 management practice that will be protective of human health
 and the environment.  To be protective.  Section 3004 of RCRA
 w
 requires that the petitioner demonstrate "... to a  reasonable
                       «
 degree .of certainty, that there will be  no migration of
 hazardous constituents from the disposal unit or injection
 zone for as long as the wastes remain hazardous."  This manual
 will describe the process by which such  petitions will be
 prepared and submitted to the Agency for review and approval.
      The November 8, 1984 amendments  to  RCRA provide the
 Agency a basis on which  to restrict hazardous wastes from
 land disposal.  The restriction decision is  not based on an
 absolute prohibition of  land disposal of hazardous  waste but
 takes  into account the relationship between  concentrations of
'Appendix VIII constituents in waste leachate and the risk
 they may present to a potentially  exposed population.   The
 Agency has  developed a decision  mechanism for land  disposal
 restrictions  that  accounts  for the toxicity  of a waste,  and
 the  fate and  transport of waste  leachate as  it may  affect
 human  or environmental exposure.   A general  description  of

-------
 this mechanism will be outlined below such that the petitioner
 may understand the basis of the restriction decision and also
 become aware of the possible avenues available for pursuing
 a petition demonstration.
             '  t
      The performance standard of no migration  for as long as
 the wastes remain hazardous is opsrationalized by allowing
 migration of waste constituents at or below concentration
 levels in all  media (surface water, ground water9  and air)
 that are protective of human health and  the environment.
 The establishment of concentration levels  in each media  that
                      «
                                                          _
 are protective of human health and the environment is based
 on toxicological  data,  in conjunction with established Agency
 protocol for analyzing toxicological data.   The  reader may
 refer to Appendix III for a general description  of Agency
 protocol used  to  evaluate toxicolgical data.   A  concentration
 level  that  is  found by the Agency  to be  protective of human
 health  is referred to as the Reference dose (RfD)  for
 noncarcinogens (threshold toxicants)  and as the  risk-specific
 dose  (BSD)  for carcinogens (non-threshold  toxicants).  The
 RFD corresponds to a  dose that  is  reasonably protective of
 human health when  exposure  is  chronic.   The RSD  corresponds
 to a dose that presents  a specific  probabiity  of cancer over
 and above the  normal  background probability of cancer for an
 individual over a  lifetime,  within  a  range of  10~4 to 10~?.
     The RfD and RSD  underpin the  restriction decision process.
They are used  to calculate Screening  Levels (SL) that determine
whether a waste having a  specific  leachate concentration

-------
 is restricted from land disposal or not.  The Agency does
 not use the concentration of the constituents in the waste
         •         '              '..'-..
 itself to compare with the SLs.  Instead the Agency uses the
 concentration of the constituents in the waste leachate to
 compare with the SL(s).  The reader should refer to "Test
 Methods for the Evaluation of Solid Waste, Physical/Chemical
 Methods",  SW-846 for a discussion of waste leachates and the
 extraction and measuring techniques used to determine concen-
 tration levels of Appendix VIII constituents.   A waste is
 restricted from land disposal whenever its leachate contains
                       t
 any one or more Appendix VIII constituents in  concentrations
 that  exceed that calculated SL for that respective  constituent.
      The SL(s)  are determined by "backcalculating"  from
 concentrations  that are  protective of human health,  at the point
 of  exposure to  a point or zone that is  located  immediately beneath
 or  adjacent to  the disposal unit.   Backcalculating  involves
 reversing  the  normal direction of  fate  and transport models  that
 usually  start with the source concentration and  calculate the
 fate  and transport of  a  substance  to  determine  its  concentration
 at  a  point  of exposure.   Thus the  end result of  backcalculation
 is  a  maximum waste or  leachate  concentration for each  Appendix
VIII  constituent.   The backcalculation  is  performed  for each
Appendix VIII  constituent  for  each media.  Thus  for a given
Appendix VIII constituent,  there will be two SL(s), one for air
and one for water.  Whichever SL for a given constituent is
lowest will be used as the maximum allowable concentration in
the waste (for air) or in the leachate  (for water) for land

-------
                               4
 disposal.   Owner/operators  and/or generators whose waste
 leachate has concentrations of Appendix VIII constituents at
 or below the lowest SL need only certify  that  this is so.
 Details  for certification will be discussed below.  Those
 owner/operators who exceed.any SL for  any constituents  in
 their waste leachate must either comply with applicable treat-
 ment  standards, petition for a variance,  or stop  land disposal
 of the waste altogether.                 '
      The fate and  transport models  that are used  to backcai-
 culate SL(s) from  RfD(f) and RSD(s)  are generic by design.
 The models  incorporate a universal  facility type  that is
 representative of  the various types  of facilities defined as
 land  disposal units.  In addition the  model incorporates a Monte
 Carlo approach for simulating the range of anticipated disposal
 scenarios.   This approach accommodates variation  in environmental
 settings, the uncertainties in specific chemical  properties,
 and the  range of engineered system  releases from  land disposal
 units.   Rather than specifying a single value  for each  input
 parameter to the model to represent  a  reasonable  worst case,
.the Monte Carlo simulation  method involves a large number of
 computer runs with values for each  input  parameter drawn from
 data  sets representative of the range  and distribution of
 possible values for each parameter.  Moreover, where parameters
 are dependent (correlated), the relationships  are accounted
 for in the  simulation.   The SL's thus  derived  are intended to
 be protective of human health and the  evnironment at all
 disposal unit sites.              i
      The Agency is aware that the generic model approach will
 not always  account for the  multitude of variations that may

-------
exist among actual existing or future land disposal units and
the environmental settings they may be operating in.  The generic
screening levels computed by the model are based on the level
corresponding to the 90th percentile of the range of hydrogeologic
scenarios arranged from favorable to least favorable cases.  Thus,
the generic value may be more conservative than necessary for sites
that fall below the 90th percentile.  Thus, the petition process
allows the petitioner to demonstrate that the subject facility
will safely contain the waste of interest despite the results
of the generic model.;  The petitioner may challenge the results
of the generic model on the basis of unique site-specific
factors and values not accounted for in the model.
     The petitioner may not, however, challenge through the
petition process either the RfD or the estimates of carcinogenic
potency used by the Agency to calculate the RSD. (See Appendix
III).  Any challange to the established RfD(s) or carcinogenic-
potency estimates must b@ presented to the appropriate office
of the Agency for review.  The Agency will assess the merits
of any challenges to either an RfD or carcinogenic potency
estimates and any resulting revisions will apply across the
board to all Agency applications of the RfD and the RSD.
     Essentially there are two approaches whereby a petitioner
may successfully obtain petition approval.  They ares
     (1)  The leachate concentration of any Appendix VIII
         constituent will never exceed the lowest back
         calculated SL? based on an analysis of site

-------
         specific data, and thus any migration that
         does occur will not endanger human health.
     (2) The leachate concentration of any one or more Appendix
         VIII constituent will exceed the lowest applicable
         SLs, yet because of unique site specific factors,
         will not endanger human health.
     The first approach would be based on unique natural physical
or biologic phenomena not completely accounted for in the
generic Screening Level models.  In addition to natural phenomena,
engineered systems maybe considered for their efficacy in
controlling constituent migration to the extent that they are
effective over the time the waste remains hazardous.  In
summary, the petitioner must demonstrate that as a result of
natural chemical and physical processes at the site, hazardous
constituents are immobilized, diluted, or degraded by the
time they reach points of potential exposure such that human
health is protected.
     The second approach may also be supported by evidence
mentioned in the first approach as it may modify exposure to
existing or potential populations in proximity of the site.
In addition, the petitioner may present information concerning
the nature and size of the potentially exposed population,
and toxicological data relevant to potential exposure scenarios
to demonstrate that human health is protected.  Under this
approach, the petitioner would be responsible for demonstrating
that an exposure scenario whereby the leachate constituent
concentrations of the waste would result in concentrations at
the potential point or points of exposure exceeding the

-------
          established RfD or RSD would still be protective of human health.
f         This approach requires that a site-specific risk management
          decision be made regarding the degree to which the RfD or RSO
€                                                     •
          could be exceeded for a particular site and waste stream.«
          For the RSDff the Agency is willing to consider departures from
          the 10~6 level of individual risk to a maximum of 10~4 based
          on considerations of the size and nature of the existing or
          future exposed population.  For the RfD, the Agency will consider
          situations in which site specific exceedances may be reasonable
          given the size and nature of the existing or potential population/
          the severity of the disease outcome, and the reversibility of
          any toxic effects.
               The guidance manual describes a number of avenues open
          to the petitioner for demonstrating to the Agency that a
          particular waste should be approved for site specific land
          disposal.  Recognizing that such a demonstration can be
          extremely complex? depending Upon the characteristics of the
          waste and the disposal unit site, the Agency has developed a
          flexible process that identifies those situations that require
        .  a relatively simple demonstration relying on data readily
          available to the petitioner,  and also identifies those more
          complex situations that require a more detailed analysis and
          potentially extensive site-specific data collection to obtain
          petition approval..  The petitioner will be able to readily
          determine whether he or she qualifies for a simple analysis or

-------
                              8
must perform a more detailed site analysis.  Using this guidance
manual, the petitioner will also be able to determine the
likelihood for approval of a petition, or whether the combined
waste and site characteristics indicate that approval is
highly unlikely.  The petitioner should be able to quickly
determine the amount of effort required to obtain petition
approval, and decide whether another waste management
alternative is preferable.
     This guidance manual will describe criteria that the
Agency will use to evaluate petitions and determine whether
an approval is justified.  The decision will be based on the
Agency's evaluation of the performance of the disposal unit
combined with its location in meeting the standard of
performance stated in Section 3004 (d), (e), and (g) of RCRA.
The criteria have been developed to do the following?
     1.  Approve or reject a petition based on data and analyses
         already available to the Agency?
     2.  Determine eligibiity for a petition based on minimum
         data requirements;
     3.  Determine eligibility for a simplified site analysis;
     4.  Approve or reject a petition based on the results of
         a simplified site analysis;  -
     5.  Approve or reject a petition based on the results of
         a detailed site analysis.
     The evaluation criteria will consist of screening factors,
minimum requirements for data quality and quantity, use of
simulation models, and the use of health and environmental-
based screening levels.  These criteria will be applied in a
tiered fashion, in which a petitioner can initially determine the

-------
 depth of analysis required*   If the petitioner is rejected  in
 the first tier (screening step),  or in the second tier
 (simplified site analysis)f  he still has  the  option of
 proceeding to a third tier analysis (detailed site or health
 effects analysis).   At each  step  in the process,  the petitioner
 can re-evaluate the  decision to pursue the petition.
      The following sections  of this guidance  manual describe
 the components of each of the three tiers, and the decision
 criteria to be used  in evaluating petitions.   Section II
 discusses the waste  testing  and analysis  requirements.
 Section III outlines the. screening  factors that constitute
 the 1st Tier analysis.   Section -IV  describes  the  approach to
 be  used in the 2nd Tier,  the simplified site  analysis.  Section
 V describes the objectives of the Exposure and Population
 Analysis,  which is optional  to a  petitioner performing a 2nd
 Tier  analysis,  and may  be required  as  an  optional  component of
 all 3rd Tier analyses.   Section VI  briefly describes  the
 components  and scope of  a 3rd Tier,  detailed  site  analysis.
Additionally,  a series of appendices are  included  to provide
 perspective  on  the Agency's  risk  assessment and risk management
policies.

 II.   Waste Analysis
     The petitioner must perform  a  waste analysis  to determine
 the presence  and concentration  of all Appendix VIII constituents.
Wastes  containing any of  these  constituents are restricted from
land disposal  in concentrations in excess of  the applicable

-------
                              10
Screening/Treatment Levels.  The petitioner must identify all
of the Appendix VIII constituents present in the restricted
wastes that exceed these levels.
     The petitioner should perform the .waste analysis by using
                        •
sampling arid analyical methods described in "Test Methods for
the Evaluation of Solid Waste, Physical/Chemical Methods", SW-846,
insuring that representative samples are taken.
The petitioner may use other equivalent test methods that have
been approved by the Agency.  The use of the Toxicity Characteristic
Leaching Procedure (TCLP) is required as a standard method
                      *
for characterizing waste leachate.  Exhibit II-l displays the
process for applying the TCLP.  The petitioner may also provide
additional data on the physical and chemical characteristics of
the waste, if such data is relevant to the type of demonstration
being performed.
     Exhibit II-2 lists some of the data that the petitioner
may be required to provide, if he is performing a 3rd Tier
analysis.  Exhibit II-2 also indicates the specific types of
data that should be necessary for a 2nd Tier analysis.  Exhibit
     II-3 is a suggested format for reporting the results of
the waste leachate analysis and the identification of chemical
constituents and their concentrations.  The petitioner should
assure that the information included on this exhibit
describes the subject waste leachate accurately and completely.
If the petition is approved,  it will be approved for a waste
that exhibits precisely the characteristics described on

-------
                                      11
                          EXHIBIT H-l. TCLP FLCWCHSRT
WET WASTE SAMPLE
CONTAINS < 0.5 %t
 NON-FILTERABLE
    SOLIDS
  LIQUID/SOLID
   SEPARATION

   0.6  -  0.8 urn
   GLASS  FIBER
     FILTERS
    LIQUID
   STORE AT
     4°C
        REPRESENTATIVE WASTE
         SAMPLE > 100 GRAMS
              DRY WASTE
                SAMPLE
.DISCARD  •
  SOLID   '
                                SOLID-
                SOLID
                      REDUCE PARTICLE SIZE  IF> 9.5 run
                          OR SURFACE AR£A>3.1 on2
                                     i.
                         TCLP EXTRACTION OF SOLID
                           0-HEADSPACE EXTRACTOR
                          REQUIRED FOR VOLATILES
                          LIQUID/SOLID SEPARATION
                     0.6 - 0.8 urn GLASS FIBER FILTERS
                WET WASTE SAMPLE
                CONTAINS > 0.5%
                 NON-FILTERABLE
                     SOLIDS
                               TCLP EXTRACT
      LTCLP EXTRACT
             ANALYTICAL
              METHODS
                  LIQUID/SOLID
                   SEPARATION

                   0.6 - 0.8 urn
                   GLASS FIBER
                      FILTERS
                                                 LIQUID


                                                STORE AT
                                                            DISCARD
                                                             SOLID
.	TCLP EXTRACT-

-------
                                    12
              EXHIBIT II-2.  WASTE  INFORMATION  REQUIREMENTS
                (to be provided for each petitioned waste)
I   Wast©  Name:     •                 .
                                                                  *
2   List all applicable EPA Hazardous  Waste .Codes  (including  F, K, Uf  and P
   code designations as outlined in 40  CFR.31,  32,  and  33);
3   List originating industry and provide 3  digit  SIC  codes
I   List all manufacturing process(es) that  produce  the  waste:
5   List constituents of the waste (use  commonly accepted  compound names);
5   Complete the following sections pertaining  to  hazardous properties
   for each waste and its constituent memberss
                           «
   0   Is  the waste considered ignitable using  criteria  outline in
      261.21?  (Y/N)
   0   Is  the waste considered corrosive using  criteria  outlined  in
      261.22?  (Y/N)
   •   Is  the waste considered reactive  using criteria outline  in
      261.23?  (Y/N)
   0   Is  the waste considered to exhibit the characteristics of  EP
      toxicity  as outlined in 261.24?  (Y/N)
»   List  the quantity, of banned waste  as a percentage  of the  total waste
   present in the disposal facility (weight basis):
3   List  the respective length of time of disposal of  each waste  including
   banned and non-banned in the facility (attach  sheet  separately):
}   List  the frequency of each waste (weight/unit  time)  received  in  the
   facility on a daily, monthly, and  yearly basis:
)   Estimate the maximum quantity of waste to be received by  the  facility
   (if there is no basis for estimation, list  the design capacity of
   the facility).
i   List  and discuss all pretreatment  processes and their respective end
   effects on the waste:
2   List  and discuss all processes for handling and storage  of  the  waste
   and the important design specifications  for each unit operations
3   If applicable, 'list the complete time of processing  of the  wastes

-------
                                13
     EXHIBIT  II-2  (Continued) REQOIRMENTS FOR PHYSICAL/CHEMICAL/
      BIOLOGICAL CHARACTERISTICS OF THE WASTE AND EACH OF  ITS
                      CHEMICAL CONSTITUENTS
   i  (information  to  be provided seperately for each waste and
          for each component of wastes that are mixtures)
I   Molecular  Structure  (attach diagram  separately):
5   Molecular  weight:
3   Density:
7   Phase (at  STP):
J   Viscosity:
)   Boiling  Point:           ;
}   Freezing Point:
L   Solubility in polar  solvent  (water):
I   Solubility non-polar solvent:
3   Plot solubilities (both solvent types)  as a function of pH (range 2-12)
   (attach  graph separately):
i   ^Dissociation constant:
5   Octahol/water partition coefficient:
5   Henry's  Law constant:
7   Critical volume,  temperature,  anmd pressure:
3   Vapor pressure:
3   biffusivity (kinematic viscosity):
3   Thermal  conductivity:
1   Biodegradation  rate:
2   Oxidation  rate:
3   Photolysis rate:
4   Bioacculation (bioconcentration) potential:
5   PEL (Permissible  Exposure Limit):
6   *IDLH (Immediately Dangerous to Life and Health):
7   THV (Threshold  Limit Value):

-------
Exhibit II-3   Generator Name 	
               Waste Description
Appendix VIII Constituents
  Concentration (reg/liter)
AverageMaximumMinimum
                                                                        Standard
                                                                        'Deviation
Number of
 Analyses

-------
                               15
  this exhibit.  If ths waste that is being generated and
  managed in a land disposal unit as a result of petition
  approval does not exhibit the characteristics  described on
  this exhibit, the petition approval will  be revoked.  The
  waste will no longer  be  eligible for land disposal, until a
  revised petition  is submitted and approved.  Continued  land
  disposal of a waste that no  longer qualifies for petition
  approval is  considered to be  grounds  for  enforcement action
  by the Agency.
      Once the petitioner  has  completed the waste analysis and has
 determined the presence of various Appendix VIII constituents
 and their concentrations, he or she should determine which of
 these constituents exceed the Screening/Treatment Levels.   (See
 Appendix II).  These levels are published  in various Federal
 Register notices,  corresponding to the proposed schedule for
 restricting wastes from land disposal published in  the
 Federal Register on May 31, 1985.  The petition must
 address all Appendix VIII constituents that exceed  these
 levels.   In some cases, there  may be present  in the  waste an
 Appendix VIII constituent for  which no Screening/Treatment Level
 exists,  due  to the  timing of  the  development of these levels.
 When this  case  arises, the petitioner  may  choose to  include
 these additional constituents  in  the demonstration,  if he has
 reason to  believe that eventually  the screening level that
                                                                  'i
will be established would  be less than the concentration in
the subject waste leachate.  If the additional constituents are
included and the petition was approved, the waste could  be land

-------
                               16
  disposed, and no future petition would be necessary.  The
  petitioner may also choose to exclude these additional constituents,
  if he estimates that the screening level eventually established
  would not be exceeded by the level in the subject waste.   If
.  the petition was approved, there is the possibility that  the
  waste may be banned at some future time, due to the establishment
  of different screening levels.
       As  an alternative to performing a full Appendix VIII  analysis
  of the subject waste,  the petitioner may submit information to
  the Agency that certain Appendix VIII constituents  are  not present
                        «                       _
  in the waste,  due to their absence from the raw materials  used
  in the process that  produces  the waste,  and due to  the manufacturing
  process  itself.  The Agency reserves  the  right  to require  additional
  analyses  for specific  chemicals  that  may  be suspected to be present,
  based  on  information already available  to the Agency or similar
 manufacturing processes  and similar  raw materials.  If, upon
 subsequent testing of  the waste,  it  is determined that additional
 constituents are present that were certified as not being present,
 the approved petition will  be revoked until such time as a revised
 petition demonstration, that includes the additional constituents,
 is completed and approved.  Continued land disposal of a waste
 with constituent concentrations that exceed applicable SL's con-
 stitutes  a violation of the operating permit and may result in
 enforcement action.
      For  those wastes that contain a substantial number of
 Appendix  VIII constituents, the petitioner may choose to group
 similar chemicals according to properties related to the rate  of

-------
                             17
mobility and persistence in the environment.  If such a
grouping can. be made? the petitioner may include in the
analysis only one chemical from any group that represents, in
      .                     •   ,
a reasonable fashion, the mobility and persistence of all of the
group members*  In selecting an indicator chemical constituent,
the petitioner should consider the relative amounts in the
waste of the various group members.  A chemical that is
similar to the other group members, but not present in a
concentration as high as other chemicals may not be a suitable
indicator for that group.  Additionally, the petitioner should
consider the unique characteristics of the various environmental
media (air, ground water, surface water, and soil) at the
disposal unit site, in selecting a specific chemical as an
indicator for a group of like chemicals.
     To use an indicator chemical approach based on chemical
and physical properties that relate to the wastes' mobility
and persistence, the petitioner must present reasonable
evidence to demonstrate that the grouping is justified.  In
many cases, chemicals that belong to a generic group (i.e.,
solvents, polycyclic aromatics, metals, etc.) may have similar
chemical structure and may be expected to be transported in
air, soil,  surface water, or ground water at nearly the same  .
velocities.  The petitioner will be required to present
reasonable evidence that minor variations in chemical structure
do not represent major variations in mobility and persistence.

-------
                               18
 The petitioner should also consider possible synergistic
 effects when using an indicator chemical to simulate  the
 mobility and persistence of a group of  chemicals.  .The Agency
 will review, for reasonableness the petitioner's  grouping  and
 selection of an indicator chemical.  The Agency  will  refer
 to the  qualitative structure activity relationship between
 the group members, various estimators of mobility and persistence
 (e.g./  Henrys'  law constant, octanol water  partition  coefficient,
 etc.),  and any  other  field monitoring or research data that
 may establish a basis for grouping of chemical constituents.
 The petitioner  must be cautioned that the use of indicator
 chemicals for performing the exposure analysis does not allow
 the same  type of grouping for performing the health effects
 analysis  described in Section V, should  such an  analysis be
 performed.  The health effects analysis  must include  the
 effects on  the  exposed individuals  of each  chemical constituent
 subject to  the  petition,  not merely  the  indicator of mobility
 and persistence which is  used, to estimate potential exposure
 levels.
     The petitioner should  include  in the petition a concise
 summary of  the  waste  analysis  and any grouping or selection
of indicators.  This  summary  should  identify specific chemicals
and their expected  ranges of  concentrations that will form the
basis for the 2nd Tier analysis.  For the 3rd Tier analysis

-------
                               19
 additional data may b® required,  depending upon the  nature  of
 the demonstration to be performed.   At a minimum,  some
 estimation of the annual volume of  the subject waste should
 be made.   This estimation may be  based on historical production
 rates projected into the future,  or on the design  capacity  of
 the disposal unit.
 III. 1st  Tier Analysis - Screening  Factors
      This section describes a series of screening  factors
 that the  petitioner must consider prior to preparing a petition
 demonstration under either the 2nd  Tier or 3rd Tier  analyses.
 These screening factors are designed to indicate to  the
 petitioner the likelihood of obtaining petition approval
                                                       *
 and the type and level of analyses  required.   Also,  the         .
 screening factors identify certain  decision points for the
 petitioner in the demonstration,  and identify  decision criteria
 that the  Agency will use in evaluating petitions.
      There are several purposes to  be served by the  use of
 screening factors in the petition process.  The Agency believes
 that the  statutory  performance standard requires a positive
 demonstration of safety before petition approval is  justified.
'Therefore, the petition process must be capable of identifying
 any site-specific features that would clearly  be unfavorable
 to petition approval.   This early identification of  unfavorable
 features  provides warning to the  petitioner that ultimate
 approval  may not be likely, and that the petition  may be ineligible
 for a 2nd Tier analysis.   The screening factors also will provide

-------
                               20
 basic pre-requisites to a 2nd Tier or 3rd Tier analysis, in
 describing minimum data and administrative requirements*
 Additionally, the screening factors provide an objective and
 systematic method for reviewing petitions received from generators
 and disposal units across the country.
      The screening factors that the Agency will use may be briefly
 described as follows:
 A.   Approval Criteria
      These criteria will allow the Agency to grant approval
 to a petition immediately, with no further data or
 analyses required by the petitioner;   The petitioner will
'certify to the Agency that the approval criteria are met, based
 on unique waste or site conditions or based on the results  of
 previous studies.   The petitioner will be given written notice
 of the  approval following Agency review of appropriate  information
 already available  to the Agency to corroborate the certification
 of the  petitioner.
 B.   Rejection Criteria
      These criteria will identify situations  that  render a  pro-
.spective petitioner ineligible for a  petition demonstration.
 If the  petitioner  cannot meet  these criteria,  the  Agency will
                                               •• i«
 not  commence  review of  the petition.

 C.    Eligibility for a  2nd Tier  Simplified Analysis
      These criteria  will  identify  those petitions  that  are
 eligible  for  a simplified  site  analysis,  as described in Section
 IV.   Since a  2nd Tier analysis generally  involves  use of  site-
 specific  data of reasonable quality that  are  already available

-------
                                21
 to the petitioner or easily obtainable,  and an analysis that     '
 involves the Screening/Treatment Level models, these criteria
 will identify those sites that contain features that cannot  be
 analyzed with these models«  Such sites  may involve the use  of
 additional conservative assumptions as a means of  justifying
 the 2nd Tier analysis,  or may require  that  a 3rd Tier analysis
 be performed.

      The screening factors and the criteria associated with
 each are contained in Appendix I of this document.
                      *
 IV.   2nd Tier Analysis  - Simplified Site Analysis
      A.   Objectives           • .
          This section describes  the requirements for completing
 a  simplified  site  analysis.   The objectives of a simplified
 site  analysis are  to determine on  a site-specific basis, a
 level or  concentration  in  a waste  that will not threaten human
 health  and  the environment when  that waste  is  placed in a land
 disposal  unit, and to make this  determination  in a  comprehensive
 way without requiring extensive  data collection and  complex
 analyses.  The simplified site analysis  must rely on site-specific
 input data already available  to  the petitioner or to the Agency,
 or on data that should be readily  attainable by the  petitioner
 from  independent sources.  Where adequate data is unattainable.
without an extensive or time-consuming site analysis, the use of
estimates and assumptions is  acceptable,  as long as  the estimates

-------
                                22
 and assumptions are reasonably conservative.   The simplified
 site analysis must rely on an analytical tool  that is  appropriate
 for simulating the site's environmental conditions.  The use  of
 the unmodified versions of the Screening/Treatment Level models
 should constitute the most simplified analysis that would be
 acceptable for a petition demonstration.
 B.    Screening/Treatment Level Models
      The  models that the Agency has  developed  for determining
 the Screening/Treatment Levels may be used  for a  simplified site
 analysis.   The models Ihave been constructed so as to simulate a
 generic disposal unit,  and have built-in  assumptions that
                     •            . '
 specify the generic site conditions  relative to the hydrogeology,
 topography, and climate.   The petitioner  may use  either of the
 models (air,  ground water,  and surface  water)  if  he or she so
 chooses.   The models require  certain specific  input values for
 hydrogeologic,  topographic/ and climatic  factors.  The models
 calculate  an  acceptable  leachate concentration  for each
 constituent based on the  appropriate  human health criteria at
 the point  of  human  exposure.   Using  site-specific data, the
petitioner may  run  the models  and establish site-specific
screening  levels for each Appendix VIII constituent that is of
concern to the petition demonstration.  Using the same back
calculation approach that established the nationally applicable
Screening/Treatment Levels, the petitioner may determine that

-------
                               23
approval is justified by comparing the actual waste constituent
concentrations to the site-specific levels.
     As an alternative, the petitioner may use other simplified
models to simulate the behavior of the subject waste, using
actual waste constituent concentrations, and predict the likely
levels of each contaminant in the air, ground water, surface
water, and soil at any points of potential exposure*  The use
of any other models requires adequate validation for the intended
application.  This predicted exposure level would be compared
to the appropriate Rffc's and RSD's to determine whether petition
approval was justified.
     C.  Data Requirements
     Regardless of the type of modeling approach employed by
the petitioner, the data requirements for a 2nd Tier analysis
should be similar.   The simplified analysis should make maximum
use of site-specific data that is reasonably accurate, and.vthat
is already available to or easily attainable by the petitioner.
Much of the data that is required for a RCRA Part B permit,
especially the data required for establishing a Subpart P ground-
water monitoring program, is directly relevant to a petition
demonstration.  In some cases, the models chosen may require some
additional data, or may require that the data be -re-formatted.
The Agency will accept reasonably accurate data or estimates to
satisfy these additional requirements.

-------
                                24
      In  reviewing the input data supplied by  the  petitioner  for.
 the  2nd  Tier analysis,  the Agency will  apply  a  "reasonableness"
 test.  Using published sources  of hydrogoologic,  topographic,
 and  climatic data,  in addition  to any actual  site data  collected
 by the Agency or  State,  the petition reviewer will  determine  if the
 petitioner's data is  reasonably accurate.  .If any doubt exists
 as to the  reasonable  accuracy of the petitioner's data, the
 Agency will  perform an  appropriate sensitivity  analysis of the
 model results.  If, in  the opinion of the  petition  reviewer,
 the  results  of  the  sensitivity  analysis indicate  that substantially
 different  results may be obtained by varying  the  input  data,  the
 petitioner may  be asked  for documentation  to  support the "original
 data, the  Agency  may  require that a 3rd. Tier  analysis be performed
 that includes additional on-site sampling  and analyses  and thorough
 quality  control,  or the  Agency  may reject  the petition  due to
 an unreasonable degree  of uncertainty in the  analysis.
     The objective  of a  "reasonableness"  test is  to determine, on
 a site-by-site  basis, whether the petitioner's  data is  within the
 range of typical  values  of measured parameters  for  specific
 geologic,  hydrologic, and climatic regions.   The  Agency will
 review the petitioner's  data to assure  that it  is consistent
with ranges  of  values in various published reference sources,
 and  that each factor  is  internally consistent with  other factors
where a dependency  relationship is expected to  exist.   Examples
of reference sources  that  the Agency may use  are  the following;

-------
                                25
      1.  Parameters and Variables Appearing in Repository
          Siting Models, NUREG/CR-3066? by J.W. Mercer,  S.D.
          Thomas, B. Ross 1982, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory  Commission.
      2..  Mercer, J.W., P.S.C« Rao, S.D* Thomas, and B.  Ross.
          "Description of Parameters and Data (and Typical Ranges
          of Values) Useful for Evaluation of Migration  'at
          Hazardous Waste Management Facilities, letter  report
          to U.S. EPA under Contract No. 68-01-6464, 1982.
      3.  Lyman,  W.J., W.F. Reeh1 and D.H. Rosenblatt.   Handbook
          of Chemical Property Estimation Methods - Environmental
          Behavior of Organic Compounds.  McGraw-Hill, Inc. 1982.

      D.  Point of Exposure
      It is  necessary for the petitioner to establish a  point or
 points.of potential human exposure in each environmental  media
 where migration  could occur.   For the purpose of a petition
 demonstration, the potential exposure points are at the boundaries
 of the  disposal  unit,  unless the petitioner can establish
 effective long-term controls  over an area beyond the boundaries
 of the  disposal  unite   Any legally enforceable restrictions on
•the use of  any on-site water  resources within the property
 boundary  where the disposal unit is  located would justify a
 point or  points  of exposure at the property boundary.   An act
 of the  state legislature  that  places permanent restrictions on
 the use of  any water  resources within a carefully defined area
 beyond  the  property boundary  would allow  the petitioner to

-------
                               26
 establish  a point or points of exposure at the limits of this
 expanded area of effective control.  Wherever the point or
 points of  exposure are ultimately established, the petitioner
 must use the actual linear distance from the center of the
 disposal unit to the closest point of potential exposure in
 the simplified modeling analysis.
     In considering air migration, the point of potential exposure
 for direct inhalation during the operating and closure periods
 of the disposal unit would be at the surface of the impoundment,
 landfill cell, waste pile, or land treatment unit, unless access
 to the disposal unit by any unauthorized persons is prevented
 by an adequate security system, and all authorized personnel
 are adequately protected from air emissions.  If security and on-
 site- safety precautions are adequate, the point of potential
 human exposure for direct inhalation may be established at the
 limits of  the area controlled by the security system.  The
 actual linear distance from the center of the disposal unit to
 the closest point of potential air exposure should be used by
 the petitioner in performing the simplified site analysis
under the  2nd Tier approach.
     In performing a 2nd Tier analysis involving the Screening/
Treatment Level models, the distance to the point of potential
exposure is assumed to be 500 feet.  In applying these models
to a site  specific petition demonstration, the distance assump-
tion cannot be increased without adequately validating all
other model assumptions.  The* balance of assumptions that is

-------
                                27
 attained in each of  the Screening/Treatment  Level models would
 be distorted by  varying any  one  assumption,  so  that, model
 results  may not  be consistent with  other model  applications.
 The petitioner may wish to demonstrate  that  actual  site condi-
 tions  deviate from some of the assumed  conditions of the
 Screening/Treatment  Level models.   This is permissable as  long
 as all model assumptions are adequately validated for the
 site-specific application.
     If  an  existing  source of drinking  water, either a ground
 water  or surface  wate?  source, is within 500 feet of the dis-
 posal  unit,  the petitioner should modify the Screening/Treatment
 Level  model  to include  the actual distance rather than the
 assumed  distance  of  500 feet.  Such a modification should not
 require  any  validation,  as long as  the  other assumptions of
 the model are not changed.
     E.  Analysis and Decision Criteria
     In  performing the  2nd Tier analysis, the petitioner should
 consider the possibility of human exposure to any of the subject
 waste  constituents in the air, ground water, and surface water.
 Using  the Screening/Treatment Level (S/TL)  models,  the petitioner
 can determine a site-specific screening levels in the air,  in
 the ground water, and in the surface water for each constituent.
Comparison of the site-specific levels to the actual concentration
 in the waste leachate allows a determination of whether or not
there  are any threats to human health associated with land
disposal of the  waste.  If an indicator chemical approach was

-------
                                 28
  used for the fate and transport analysis,  the petitioner  must
  consider the potential human health effects  associated with
  each chemical,  not just the indicator.   If no constituent
  concentration in the waste  exceeds  the  applicable site-specific
  level/  the  petition should  be approved  relative to potential
  human health effects.
       If the petitioner chooses not  to use  the screening level
  models,  other simplified models  that simulate site conditions
  can  be  used to determine the  maximum concentration that may
  occur at any points  of-potential exposure.  This maximum
  concentration can  be compared to the human health criteria
  used  in  setting Screening/ Treatment Levels.   If no constituent
  concentration in the waste exceeds  the applicable site-specific
.  level, the petition  should be  satisfactory.
       If  the actual waste constituent concentrations exceed the
 site-specific levels or  result in predicted exposure in
 excess of the RfD or risk-related dose for a carcinogen,  the
 petition should be rejected.  If rejection is likely,  the
 petitioner may choose one of three possible alternatives.   One
 alternative  is to accept the results that lead to  rejection and
 withdraw the petition.   Another alternative is to  perform  a
 site-specific health effects analysis.   The third'alternative
 is  to perform a detailed site analysis,  which also includes an
 exposure and population analysis.   The next section  describes
 the objectives and elements  of an exposure  and population
 analysis.

-------
                               29
V.   Exposure and Population Analysis
     The petitioner has the option of performing an/exposure
and population analysis to support a petition demonstration.
The exposure analysis may allow for a reconsideration of a
number of exposure-related assumptions that are incorporated
into the screening level models that may not be applicable at
a specific site.  An exposure and population analysis also
allows some'consideration of the degree of uncertainty involved
in the petition demonstration and allows for a more flexible
risk based management decision for petition approval.
                      *
     The petitioner may not directly challenge any of the
established RfDs or the established estimate of carcinogenic
potency through a petition demonstration.  If the petitioner
has toxicological data suggesting that an RfD or the estimate
of carcinogenic potency be revised, the supporting evidence
may be submitted for review and possible incorporation into
Agency-wide health criteria.
     The Agency is considering the idea of taking the severity of
health effects into account in the petition process.  However,
the Agency presently is unaware of any practical measure that
would allow the severity Of health effects to be readily used as
a factor in a risk management decision.  The Agency might consider
situations where the health effect is minor, completely reversible,
and the exposure causing such a health effect is infrequent.
     The Agency is also considering the idea of taking population
size into account in the petition process for non-threshold
constituents.  Exactly how the Agency will incorporate population
size to determine a level of risk that is reasonable for a given

-------
                                30
 site and non-threshold constituent has not been fully developed.
 In general,  the Agency will consider allowing higher levels  of
 individual risk in smaller populations than in larger ones,  as
 long as the  incidence of adverse effects  is the insignificant.
 A.   Exposure Assessment
      Before  any assessment of human health risk can  be incorporated
 into the petition demonstration, it is essential for the petitioner
 to  thoroughly establish:
      1)  The  relevant  toxicologic properties of the waste;
      2)  The  amount of waste to be disposed;
                       «
      3)  The  concentration of the waste constituents  in the
         leachate;
      4)  The  long term site specific fate  and transport of the
         waste constituents.
 This  information is requisite to establishing possible exposure
 pathways and  the rate and magnitude of exposure.  Only after the
 exposure pathways  have been established and the  likely  degree of
 exposure is determined can the final steps of  risk assessment be
 undertaken or can  risk management decisions  be made.
     The petitioner will  be  responsible for  identifying all
 potential pathways of exposure  over the time  the waste  remains
 hazardous.  In addition the petitioner will  be responsible for
 estimating potential  rates of  exposure  for each pathway for
 the length of time the waste  remains hazardous.  It  is  important
 to understand that exposure scenarios,  (iee., pathways and
 rates of  exposure) are likely to  change over time with major
differences occurring when the unit  is operating compared to
the post closure period or beyond.  Thus, it is incumbent upon

-------
                                31
 the petitioner to anticipate all likely exposure scenarios that
 may occur during the time the waste remains hazardous, to
 insure that the demonstration is inclusive of all relevant
 exposures through time.
      The exposure assessment must be based, at a minimum, on the
 following types of exposure pathways:
      1.  Drinking water exposure from either a ground water or
          a surface water source;
      2.  Ingestion of contaminated food (e.g., aquatic organisms
          or agricultural products);
                       *
      3.  Dermal contact (e.g.  recreational use of surface waters,
          or bathing);
      4.  Inhalation  of  volatile  organics,  or particulates;
      5.  Any combination of  the  above pathways.
      For  direct pathways of  exposure the point of exposure will
be  assumed  to be  at  the  limits of  the area of  effective control
which may be the  facility waste  management boundary unless use
restrictions discussed  in Section  IV have  or will be  implemented.
For indirect pathways of exposure, the  rate of exposure for each
intermediate point must  be estimated.   For example, ingestion
of fish by humans will require estimations of constituent
concentrations in the surface water, and account for possible
bioconcentration of  the constituent in  the food chain such
that a  realistic estimate of exposure can be determined for
humans consuming the fish.  Taking into account bioconcen-
tration phenomena in the food chain is especially important

-------
                               32
as it may result in indirect exposures several orders of
magnitude greater than direct exposure pathways.  For indirect
exposure pathways that include foodstuffs as the final exposure
medium for humans, the petitioner should determine the frequency
and magnitude of consumption of the foodstuff(s) in the
potentially exposed population.  If the petitioner can show
that consumption of any contaminated foodstuff is infrequent
enough such that the magnitude of exposure is minimal, a detailed
analysis of the intermediate points for an indirect exposure may
be omitted.           «
     The screening level models include an assumption that
half of the RFD will be accounted for from background levels.
The petitioner who challenges the validity of this assumption
for his or her site and waste will be.required to determine
background levels of the constituents(s) at all potential
points of exposure.  If a petitioner can demonstrate that
there is no existing background level of the subject consti-
tuent, he or she may use up to 100 percent of the RfD to determine
a site specific screening .level.  Background exposure measurements
will be subject to strict quality assurance and quality control
procedures that must be approved by the Agency  in advance of
the petition submission. ' Background exposure measurements will
require that both ambient and occupational exposures are taken
into account.

-------
                                33
      The  50%  apportionment  assumption  used  in  the screening
 level models  does  not  apply to  carcinogens.  Thus the full RSD
 corresponding to a 10~6  individual  lifetime  risk is applied
 in the  model  calculations.   In  situations where the petitioner
 wishes  to obtain a variance for land disposal  of a waste with a
 leachate  concentration in excess of the screening level corresponding
 to a  10~6 lifetime risk, the Agency may require that the petitioner
 determine background levels of  the  constituent and take into
 consideration the  prevalance and concentration of other carcinogens
 in the  potentially exposed  population  when  exposure is ambient
 and/or  there  is a  significant occupational  exposure in the
 population.
      In situations where a  waste stream contains more than one
 carcinogen, an additive approach to the risk assessment estimation
 will  be taken. The Agency  is unaware  of any practical methodology
 for accurately taking  into  account  synergistic or antagonistic
 combinations  of constituents.   The  petitioner  should refer to
 the EPA publication Proposed Guidelines for  the Health Risk Assess-
 ment  of Chemical Mixtures and Request  for Comments? Notice £Part
'III,  Vol  50 No. 9  Pages  1169-11767  for a further discussion of
 Agency  policy regarding  estimating  risk from chemical mixtures.
 B. Population Characterizations
      The  Agency will require a  characterization of the current
 or future population likely to  be exposed to constituents
 leaking from  a land disposal unit.  The extent of population
 characterization will  depend on the number  of  Appendix VIII
 constituents  in a  waste  and their toxicological effects,
 leachate  concentrations, exposure pathways  and the relative

-------
                                34
 contribution  of  each  constituent  to overall exposure.  At a
 minimum/  the  following population characteristics should be
 determined  for existing potentially exposed populations:
      1)   Sex  and age  distributions
      2)   Historical growth  rates
      3)   Sensitive subgroups
      4)   Major occupational categories of existing populations
          and  type and extent of local industry.
 Most  of this  information  can be obtained through the Bureau of
 Census, U.S.  Department of  Commerce,,  However, the petitioner
 should seek consultation  with public health professionals who
                *
 are experienced with  environmental health matters for developing
 adequate  population characterization data.
      The  presence of  sensitive groups such as  (but not limited
 to) pregnant  women, children, or  chronically ill individuals
 within a  potentially  exposed population will affect how r.he
                                    i
 Agency will make  a risk management decision for a given site-
                                    |
 and waste-specific scenario.  The petitioner will be required
 to identify the size  of the most  sensitive subgroups within the
potentially exposed population.   This subgroup should form the
 basis for determining a site-specific risk level and should be /
 considered in situations where the generic RfD may be exceeded.
 If the petitioner can show  an absence of sensitive subgroups
                                               .
for as long as the waste  remains  hazardous, the Agency may
 allow a relaxation of  the uncertainty factor (concerning
population sensitivity only) for  the RfD of a threshold
constituent by allowing a commensurate exceedance of the RfD.

-------
                                35
 The U.S. Department of Health and Human Services,  National
 Center for Health Statistics may be a good source  of information
 on sensitive individuals in the region.,  All of this information
•should be presented in tabular form to facilitate  easy reference.
      The presence or absence of sensitive subgroups over the
 time a non-threshold constituent remains hazardous will influence
 the level of risk that will be acceptable.  For example,  a con-
 stituent that is  a teratogen will influence the Agency's  risk
 management decision depending on the prevalence of pregnant women
 in the potentially exposed population.
      Certain assumptions are usually made when  estimating exposures
 from chemical wastes.   Although dose rates are  the ideal  measure
 of exposure,  the  types of data necessary (absorption and  excretion
 data)  for calculating  doses for individual constituents are rela-
 tively rare and are usually intake  route specific.   The next best
 estimation of exposure is to calculate  rates  of intake for each
 constituent in each media.   Standard assumptions used to  calculate
 intake rates  are  shown in Exhibit V-l.
      Intake rates are  a function of the estimated  concentration
 of a  constituent  in a  medium (air,  water,  food)  at  the point of
 exposure,  the  volume or mass of the contaminated medium taken
 in by  an  individual, and the weight of  the individual.  Human
 exposure  is expressed  in terms  of intake,  which is  the
 amount of  a substance  taken into the body  per unit  of body
 weight per  unit time.   Intakes  are  calculated separately  for
 each exposure  medium.   In addition,  intakes have to be summed
 for each medium across all  media  specific  exposure  pathways.

-------
                                  36
                             EXHIBIT

          STANDARD VALUES USED IN DAILY INTAKE CALCULATIONS
Parameter
Average body weight, adult
Average body weight, child
Amount of water ingested
daily, adult •
Amount of water ingested
daily, child
Amount of air breathed \
daily, adult
Amount of air breathed
daily, child
Amount of fish consumed
daily, adult
Standard Value
70 leg
10 kg
2 liters
1 liter
20 m3
5 m*
6.5 g
Reference
EPA, 1980
ICRP', 1975
NAS, 1977
NAS, 1977
EPA, 1980
FDA, 1970
EPA, 1980
Example 1;  hew to apply the standard assumptions.

If contaminant  concentration is 3 rag/liter in drinking water:

     3 mg/liter x  2 liters/day water consumption  - 70 kg body weight
         * 0.086 ing/kg/day intake

Exanple 2;  how to apply adjusted assumptions.

If site data indicated that the exposed population has a water consumption
rate of Ii2 liters/day and an average weight of 60 kg, and the contaminant
concentration is 3 rag/liter in drinking water:

     3 mg/liter x'1.2 liters/day water consumption - 60 kg body weight
         = 0.06 mg/kg/day intake
                                                                                 "S

-------
                                37
 The final result should indicate the total oral and inhalation
 exposure to a constituent.  Dermal exposures may also be impor-
 tant depending on the waste and characteristics of the site.
 The Agency will require that the petitioner either document
 that dermal' exposure is inconsequential to human health or
 estimate the rate of exposure based on the site and waste-
 specific scenario.                                     .
      The standard values used in daily intake calculations
 shown in Exhibit V-l are average values and may not be entirely
 appropriate for a specific site and potentially exposed popula-
                       «                       - •
 tion.   There are many characteristics  about a population  that
 may cause sharp deviations from these  average values.   This is
 especially true when exposure occurs via  ingestion  of  foodstuffs
 and.liquids.   Dietary preferences,  methods  of preparation, and
 age of  the individual are  examples  of  factors that  can strongly
 influence actual intake  rates.
     The  Agency will  supply  the petitioner  with what it
 considers to  be reasonable assumptions, and/or actual  data specific
 to  a constituent,  such that exposure estimates can  be made.
 The petitioner  may wish  to develop  data concerning  human intake
 routes instead  of using  assumptions.  The acceptability of any
 data of this  type developed by  a petitioner will require strict
adherence to a QA/QC plan  approved  by the Agency.  The  application
of this data for exposure  estimates most be carried out by a
qualified toxicologist or  similar health professionals.

-------
                                 38
       A major .emphasis  of the  petition demonstration rests on the
  estimation  of  long  term  (chronic) exposures to relatively low
  concentrations of constituents.  This type of exposure estimation
  leads  to calculation of  a chronic daily intake (GDI) to char-
  acterize the risk from non-catastrophic failure of a land dis-
  posal  unit.  However,  there may be site and waste specific
  scenarios where there  is  a significant probability of catastrophic
  failure.  In situations where catastrophic failure has a
  significant probability,  the Agency may require that a
 petitioner estimate a Subchronic daily intake (SDI) to assess
  the risk in such a scenario.  The major difference in determining
 an SDI versus a GDI will be in the prediction of the fate and
•transport of a constituent under the specific catastrophic
 conditions.

 C.  Risk  Management  Factors
      The  greater  the degree of certainty in  the  quantification
 of potential exposure for a population  the greater the  level  of
 confidence there  will be  in the entire  risk  assessment  process.
Greater certainty will  allow a higher level of confidence  in
'making risk'management  decisions, for  a specific site and waste
scenario.

-------
                                 39
       The Agency will place  considerable weight  on  the sources
  of  uncertainty  in  the petition demonstration.   The major sources
  of  uncertainty  come  from  the:
       1)  fate and  transport analysis
        t
       2)  toxicological data
       3)  risk estimating  procedures.
       For non-threshold toxicants, risk management  decisions
  are an inherent part  of the process to establish a level that
  is protective of human health.  The petitioner should refer to
  the November, 1984, EP£ Proposed Guidelines for Carcinogenic
  Risk Assessment (FR46294) to gain insight into Agency protocol
  for estimating human health risk due to nonthreshold toxicants.
  The Agency believes that the establishment of a single across-
  the-board risk level for carcinogens is not appropriate since
 no dose level is "safe" under all circumstances and since
 carcinogens differ in the weight of evidence supporting the
 hazard assessment.   The cited guidelines explain how  the Agency
 will handle differences in the weight of evidence that  a compound
.is carcinogenic.  Where the  weight of evidence suggests that a
 compound  is a known or probable human carcinogen,  the protective
 dose would  be calculated  for the  10~6  level.  The 10~6  level
 is viewed by the Agency  as a point of  departure  for making
 risk management  decisions.   Choice of  10~6  as  the  initial
 risk level  of  concern is made  on  the basis  of  past  Agency
 decisions.   In general the Agency has  made  decisions  to  allow

-------
                                40
 concentrations  of non-threshold toxicants where the  individual
 risk values  have been within the range of 10""*  to id~70   The
 range of  allowable risk -will b® integrated with the  weight  of
 evidence  approach and the nature and size of  existing or  future
 potentially'  exposed populations.  In other words the Agency
 will tend to favor conservative risk levels where the weight
 of positive  evidence is strong?  and  there is  a  large potentially
 exposed population,  and b© less conservative  where.the weight
 of positive  evidence is less and the potentially exposed  population
 is saall.  The  weight of  evidence approach, however,  requires
                       4             [
 that there is adequate data to  evaluate  a compound for carcinogenic
 potential.   A lack of data will cause the Agency to  take  a
 conservative approach to  the risk management  process,  since the
                                    I •
 Agency will  not be able to assure that the coiapound  is non~
 carcinogenic.                       ,
      For  threshold toxicants, out of  necessity,  risk  management
 decisions have  a narrower scope.   The RfDs for  threshold
 toxicants are. determined  primarily from  animal  toxieologieal
 studies which are designed to make point estimates of  health
 effect levels«   A priori,  the level of risk is  set in  the same
way  regardless,  of the constituent.  That  is,  the RfD  is set at
 a level where no observable adverse effects occur.  Because
                                    i
 the RfD is based on  chronic  lifetime  exposure to a specific
 daily amount of  a. substance,  it  may not  always  provide a
 reasonable guide  to  evaluating  the risks  of possible  exposure
scenarios.  This  will be  especially true  of episodic exposures

-------
                               41
at relatively high doses.  If the petition demonstration can
establish such a scenario, it must, also be supported by
toxicological data that realistically reflects the exposure
conditions..
     Another scenario that  may  allow approval of a petition
would be when the petitioner is able to demonstrate with great
certainty that the maximum rate of exposure will only slightly
exceed the RfD.  In this case, a qualified toxicologist might
judge the amount exceeded to be negligible compared to the
statistical error of the toxicological data.
VI.  3rd Tier Analysis - Elements of a Detailed Site Analysis
     A.  Objectives
     For those petitioners that either choose to perform a
detailed site analysis, or are ineligible for a 2nd Tier
Analysis, the following is a brief description of the
components that may be necessary, and an explanation of the
quality and quantity of the appropriate data and analyses.  Any
petitioner performing a 3rd Tier analysis enhances the chances
for approval by providing the most accurate and precise information
possible.  Accuracy and precision are evaluated by the degree
to which quality control procedures are followed.  The preparation
of a thorough, comprehensive quality control plan is, therefore,

-------
                                42
 an integral  part of any 3rd  Tier  analysis.  Quality control
 procedures apply to-any data collection  and data  analysis,
 including the  use of  computer simulation models for analyzing
 potential migration in  the air/ soil,  surface water/ and ground
 water.
     B.  Petitioner Conference
     It  is.recommended  strongly that the petitioner request a
 conference with  the Agency petition reviewer prior to embarking
 on  extensive petition preparation.  The petitioner should be
 prepared to  discuss in  qualitative terms the unique features of
 the disposal unit that  may justify granting a petition/ and the
 type and degree  of  analysis  that  the petitioner feels is
 necessary to make an  adequate  demonstration.  It will probably
 not be necessary to include  extensive analyses in all of the
 cases discussed  below to satisfy  thefrequirements of a 3rd Tier
 analysis.  If  the petitioner has  performed a 2nd Tier analysis,
 it may be obvious  that  a certain  physical site feature (e.g./
 the unsaturated  zone/ the topography/ etc.) requires the most
 in-depth site  analysis.  The purpose of the conference will be
 to agree upon  the nature and extent of the analysis required/
 and to discuss/  in general/  the criteria that the Agency will
use to evaluate  the data/ analyses/ and quality control procedures
of the petitioner.

-------
                               43
     The following example illustrates the type of situation in
which a petitioner conference would be useful and the type of
discussion that would be appropriate.  The petitioner is ineligible
for a 2nd Tier Analysis since the disposal unit is located in
close proximity to an active fault (Screening Factor. II-1)..
The petitioner believes that any seismic activity that is
likely to occur would have- little or no affect on the integrity
of the disposal unit during its operating period or following
closure.  To demonstrate this, the following considerations
would be required:   I                                       .
     1.  The magnitude of likely ground motion at the disposal
         Unit site?
     2.  The magnitude and type of likely surface displacement
         within 1 km of the site;
     3.  The potential for seismically induced ground failure?
     4.  The potential for damage due to tsunamis in areas of
         the country known to be vulnerable.
     Ground motion at a site is partly a function of the dis-
tance from the epicenter of a fault, the thickness and areal
extent of surficial deposits, the lithology and degree of
consolidation of these deposits, and the nature of the disposal
unit itself.  A geotechnical investigation and analysis o,f the
site may be undertaken to show that the disposal unit will
withstand the maximum likely ground motion for the site, or a
simplified analysis may be undertaken based on the assumption

-------
                                44
 of complete failure of  the  disposal  unit.  The  first approach
 would have to show that catastrophic failure would not occur
 while the second approach would  have to  show that in the event
 of catastrophic failure,  the  natural site features would still   t
 contain the hazardous constituents such  that human health and
 the environment are protected.
      The Agency will deny any petition where the disposal unit
 is sited within a fault zone  where surface displacement has
 occurred'in the past 10,000 years iHolocene).   In a seismically
 active zone the petitioner  will  be required to  establish that
                     ft             i
 evidence of Holocene surface  displacement is not any less than
"1  km from the site boundaries.   Evidence of Holocene displacement
 must be established by  using  available data from the U.S. or
 State Geological Surveys, published  maps and reports.  The
 petitioner will also be advised  to obtain the services of a
 qualified registered geologist to perform a geologic recon-
 naissance of  the area within  1 km of the site.  The geologist
 report must also include  a  discussion on how any changes in
 the  natural -drainage due  to displacement might  affect a site,
 if there  is evidence of Holocene surface displacement.
      In seismically. active  zones the petitioner may be required
 to assess  the potential impact of seismically induced ground
 failure.   A geotechnical  investigation and analysis should be
 designed  to estimate the  likelihood  of ground failures caused
 by liquefaction  which might result in lateral spread of large
blocks  of  soil,  flow failures, or loss of bearing strength.

-------
                               45
If. a site  is located on or-adjacent., to. moderate to steep slopes,
the potential for landslides must be assessed.  The investigation'
must show  that either ground failure will not occur, or, assuming
worst case conditions, that a catastrophic; failure will not en-
danger human health or the environment.
     The historical record for tsunamis wilX provide the petitioner
whose site is located in a coastal setting an indication of the
vulnerability of the site*  The petitioner must show that the
site is out of reach of a tsunami because of topagraphic barriers
or height, or that the disposal unit is designed to withstand
                     * •              ,.            . .
the impact of a tsunami.  A petitioner whose site is located
in a seismically active area and is adjacent to a lake will have
to make a  demonstration similar to that for a tsunami.  The
petitioner and: the petition reviewer will agree upon the extent
of the investigation that is reasonable for the actual con-
ditions of the subject disposal unit.

     C.  Components
     Following; are brief descriptions of the possible components
of a 3rd Tierr analysis.  Various appendices provide more detail
on the data and analyses/ and; provide references to source
material and. Agency guidance dbcumentsv  The contents of the
petition should include but not necessarily, be limited to the
following topics which are more fully discussed in separate
sections in this manual.

-------
                          46
1.  Synopsis  (including checklist).  The synopsis is the


    first section in the petition and should be in the


    form of an executive summary.  It should include


    facility  identification, discussions of the contents of



    the petition and the conclusions drawn from the


    analyses.  It should also include a directory (in the


    form of checklists) to guide the petition reviewer in



    locating  specific elements.  The synopsis should include
                             j

    a discussion of any deviations from the recommended



    format.   (See discussion below.)
                •                         • ,

2.  Facility  Description.  In this section the facility



    'should be characterized by physical description,


    natural setting, design, construction, and operation.



    Also, there should be site plans, closure and post-closure

                             I

    care plans and QA/QC for design, construction and operation



    of the facility included, where appropriate



3.  Waste Characterization.  This section should include


    the completed forms shown in Section II and appropriate



    discussion of the waste(s) and its hazardous constituents.



4.  Waste Interactions and Effects.  This section should



    discuss the changes in waste characteristics, both



    physical and chemical,  that may occur as a result of



    waste interactions within the unit.   Four major categories



    of interaction are described in this manual which gives



    specific guidance in writing this section.

-------
                           47
 5.  Waste Mobility  in  the Unsaturated  Zone.  Using
    information  on  site;characteristics,  waste  characteristics
    and waste  interactions,  this part  of  the petition  should
    discuss  the  probable movement of the  waste  constituents
    through  the  soil zone, intermediate unsaturated  zone,.
    and the  capillary  fringe.  It should  include a complete
    discussionof themodel(s) used and describe the QA/QC
    procedures used.
6.  Waste Mobility  in the Saturated Zonetv This section-
    should describe the  probable movement of- the hazardous
    constituents of the  wastes' within  the saturated,  zone.
    If the waste remains hazardous during its passage
    through  the unsaturated zone/ this section should
    demonstrate that the waste: will not migrate beyond the
    area of ef f ect ivei control in a- hazardous form via  the
    saturated zone.  It;should include 'a  complete discussion
    of! the model(si used and describe the QA/QG procedures
    used.
7,   Waste Mobility in Surface Waters.  Thiss section  should
    demonstrate that hazardous constituents of the waste will
    not migrate beyond the area of effective control in-
    dissolved' or suspended form in surface waters^   It-
    should include a complete discussion  of the model(s)
    used and describe the QA/QG procedures used.

-------
                           48
 8.  Waste Mobility in the Air.  This section should
     demonstrate that hazardous constituents of the waste
     will not migrate beyond the area of effective control
     through the air.  It should include a complete discussion
     of the models used and describe the QA/QC procedures
     used.
 9.  Human Health Risk Assessment.  Using data presented in
     the previous sections and other information as
     appropriate, this section should present an assessment
     of potential.risks to human health arising from the
     land disposal of the subject waste.  This should
     include risks to facility personnel as well as the
     human population at large.  Probable exposure pathways
     for hazardous constituents should be developed and
     then the effects of exposure .estimated. Section V
     provides more specific guidance on this topic.
10.  Potential Damage to Wildlife and Vegetation.  Information
     from previous sections should be used to evaluate probable
     pathways by which wildlife and plant populations could
     be exposed to the hazardous constituents of the waste
     and also the effects of exposure on the fauna and flora
     should exposure occur.  Both terrestrial and aquatic/marine
     communities should be included in the assessment.

-------
                                 49
     11.  Documentation.  Data, modeling results, procedures, and
          associated QA/QC for facility design, construction and
          operation should be documented in one or more appendices
          as needed.  Reference to the various appendices should
          be made in the text of the petition, as appropriate.
      D.  Model Validation
      The petitioner is responsible for performing adequate
 validation of the use of any models other than the unmodified
 versions of the Screening/Treatment Level models.   Validation
 may involve comparison of various analytical  model results to
 the results of the models used in the petition,  or it  may involve
 history matching of field data collected  over a  certain  period
 of  time with detailed modeling of the same time  period,  assuming
 the initial and boundary conditions existing  at  the field  site.
     The petitioner should include sufficient  information  to
 demonstrate the accuracy of  the model results  for  the  particular
 application.   The  goals  of this demonstration  may  be summarized
 as  follows:
     a.  the model  reasonably  represents  the actual physical
         system; and
     b.  There  are  no computational errors  in  the computer
         code.
     To achieve these goals, the petitioner should address each
of the following areas:

-------
                                 50
      1.   Identification, of  objectives of  the modeling study;
      2.   Description  of the conceptual approach;
      3.   Description  of the solution methodology employed to
          predict  contaminant migration; and
      4.   Description  of the rationale for the selection of input
          parameters.
The petitioner should present adequate information addressing each
           •
of the above, consistent with the type and level of modeling  con-
templated.
      If the petition  demonstration involves the use of an analytical
groundwater flow model, for example, the petitioner should verify
the model results* by  comparison to other analytical flow models,
and by comparison to  solutions presented in the original references.
A numerical groundwater flow and transport model may involve more
detailed verification,  such  as the following steps:
     1. 'Identification of  the capabilities, assumptions, and
         limitations of the numerical code;
                                  i
     2.  Justification of the grid and time  increments through
         description of the geometry and flow characteristics
         of the site;
     3.  Justification of the compatibility  of each code, when
         two or more codes are used  to solve the flow and trans-
         port problems.
     4.  Demonstration of a high degree of predictive correlation
         between the model results and actual measured data.

-------
                                 51
      The Agency is aware of a variety of models that simulate the
 fate and transport of hazardous constituents in the air,  in
 surface water/ and in ground-water.   Available models coyer the
 range from very simple to very sophisticated,  from requiring a
 few, slapIs parameters to requiring  large volumes of specific
 data, from very general results with large uncertainty to very
 specific results with less uncertainty.   The petitioner will be
 responsible for selecting the most appropriate modeling approach
 for the situation to be .simulated.   If  the problem at hand calls
 for an analytical groand-water flow  model,  the petitioner may
 select such a model from the  many  that are available or develop
 a  new model that is suitable  to the  situation.   If a more complex
 problem is to be analyzed*  a  more  sophisticated model,  capable
 of managing large volumes of  site-specific data,  may be more
 appropriate.   Where interactions or  inter-media transfers occur,
 such as at the soil-air interface, or where ground water  discharges
 to surface water,  a combination of models  may  be integrated.
 The Agency will accept  any  type of simulation model,  or combinations
 of  models,  for the  purpose  of  predicting  the ultimate face  of
 hazardous  constituents  of the  subject waste, as  long  as the
 overall modeling  approach can  be technically supported  as  being
most  appropriate  to the waste  and  site conditions  and most  capable
of  producing  accurate and reliable results.
      The Agency will use  the following general  criteria in
determing  if a proposed modeling approach  is appropriate and
will produce results with the desired quality.   First,  the model

-------
                                  52
  must be compatible with  the  quality  and  type of  input data
  available.   Second,  the  model must have  been demonstrated to be
  applicable  to  the environmental conditions at the site of the
  subject disposal unit.   Third, the computer code must have been
  subjected to an independent  quality  assurance audit, or have
  been subjected to a level of professional peer review equivalent
  to that for  publication  in a scientific or technical journal.
  Fourth, the  approach must be internally consistent in the use of
 boundary and initial conditions,  time stepsm assumptions, and
 code modifications.   Fifth, fully documented support for the
 modeling approach selected by the petitioner must be available
 to the Agency.
      E.  Format
      The petitioner  should present each of the  items listed
 above as a section of the petition.   Each section should  be  as
 self-contained  as possible.   They  should include  all data,
 figures, drawings, etc.,  needed to support the specific aspect
 of the  petition being addressed.   If  necessary, separate  binders
 for some sections may  be  advisable. 1
•
     The synopsis should  contain complete  identification  of  the
 facility for  which a variance is being  requested.. This should
 include  all  the information required  on EPA Form  3510-1,  the
 general  information portion of a RCRA Part A permit application.
A copy of Form 3510-1 may be  included in the synopsis.

-------
                                 53
      Conclusions that have been drawn from the petition infor-
 mation should be included in the synopsis and they should be
 briefly explained in relation to the performance standard.  If
 conclusions are drawn based on rationale,, data, or models that
 are different from the guidance explained in this document,
 such deviations should be briefly explained in the synopsis.
 Detailed discussions and explanations should be confined to the
 appropriate sections of the petition.
      The synopsis should be general in nature as compared to
 the other sections of'the petition.  The other sections address
 specific technical areas.  Each area presented should be
 presented in .a self-contained section.  Each should contain the
 information, data,  maps, calculations, logs,  etc.  to fulfill
 the petition requirements for a specific feature of the proposed
 waste disposal facility.  The synopsis should refer to the self-
 contained sections  such that  the petition reviewer can easily
 relate the synopsis  to  the sections.
      The  self-contained sections will greatly aid  the evaluation
 and review of  petitions,  as well as any  subsequent writing and
•issuance  of  variances.   Reviewers and variance writers will,  in
 turn,  assess these sections and  incorporate them into the
 variance.  Sections  acceptable to EPA as  proposed  by  the peti-
 tioner, may be incorporated without change into  the variance.

-------
                                 54
 If during review, additional information is required?  EPA will
 identify such information or return the appropriate sections
 to the petitioner for revisions rather than return the entire
 petition* • The resulting variance may contain the sections
 prepared by the petitioner, either as originally written or as
                                   r
 modified by EPA or the State.
      Sections should be clearly identified with  either a letter
 or number and appropriate title.   Sections should have page
 numbers, figure numbers, etc.,  that  relate to the section
                      *
 identifier letter or number.  Sufficient petitioner and facil-
 ity information should be provided on the first  page of each
 section to uniquely  identify the  petition of  which it  is a part.
      The use of color-coded pages should be given consideration
 for confidential business information (CBI).   CBI should be
 identified clearly as  was done  in the related RCRA Part  B permit
 application.
      The use of  figures,  tables,  and  other illustrative  tech-
 niques  are  encouraged  where their use would aid  the  evaluation,
 review,  and variance writing.   The use of  color  graphics  should
 also  be  considered'in  this  regard.
      Petitions  should  contain tables  of  content  for  the  overall
petition, as well  as each section.  The  inclusion of such  items
 as  indices  and cross references should be considered in  the
development of the petition.

-------
                                55
     All portions should be legible and reproducible.  Appro-
priate margins and spacings will ease evaluation and review of
the petition.  Maps, plans, etc., should be provided at an
appropriate scale.  Each page should contain a date of original
issuance or date of revision on the upper right corner.
E.  Technical Assistance
     In the preparation of a petition, most petitioners will
likely require technical assistance f.rom specialists, including
but not limited tos  engineers, geologists, hydr©geologists,
and soil scientists,, iThese specialists may be part of the
petitioner's staff or outside consultants.  The EPA feels that
petitioners will obtain the best service (designs, plans, etc.)
and thus the most complete petition, if they use only fully qual-
ified technical expertise.  Particularly important is experience
in hazardous waste management closely related to the proposed
facility and wastes.
     The use of registered, professional engineers in the
preparation of a variance petition is encouraged*  Part 264
requires certification by a registered, professional engineer
that a facility has been closed in accordance with an approved
closure plan.  Engineers are registered by all 50 States.
Registration is based on combinations of education, experience,
and examinations.  Registration licenses engineeers to practice
their profession, and includes legal and ethical restrictions
regarding the technical extent to which services may be offered.
Registered engineers may not practice beyond their areas of

-------
                                 56
 expertise.  Additionally, registered engineers are required by
 law to place public health, safety, and welfare before other
 aspects of their assignments.
      The petitioner should .obtain the best assistance possible
 in the preparation of a petition.  EPA recommends that engineers
 experienced in hazardous waste management be involved with
 preparation of petitions.  Also,  it highly recommends that
 registered, professional engineers (registered in the State in
 which the facility is located) be utilized in the development
 of necessary designs,*specifications, certifications, etc.   The
 combination of applicable experience and registration on  behalf
                  •                 :                    ,
   •                                 i                           «
 of engineers involved should result in a petition (and resultant
 facility)  that meets  the technical requirements and  spirit  of
 the regulations.   Proper qualifications are  most important;
 however,  professional registration is also considered an  important
 credential.   If the regulations require a registered engineer,
 even the  best qualified,  non-registered engineer will not meet
 the requirements.
     Aga'in,  experience  in land-based hazardous  waste management
 is  the most  important credential  for geologists,  hydrogeologists,
 and soil  scientists.  Some  States  and professional organizations
 register geologists and hydrogeologists  in a manner  similar  to
 engineers.   It  is recommended  that  experienced,  registered
professionals   be involved with the  petition.

-------
                                 57
      In lieu of registration, several national organizations
 certify geologists, hydrogeologists, and soil scientists.
 Certification generally indicates- that an individual has; the
 basic educational requirement and (usually) experience? to be
 considered a member of that profession.
      Whenever an exposure and population: analysis is included in
 a petition demonstration, the services of' a*, qualified: toxicologist?
 or public health professional is desirable*  These professionals
 should be familiar with the Agency'%; policies for; developing
 health effects  criteria and should have  had experience in conducting
 a human health  risk assessment for environmental exposure scenarios.
 F.   Related Guidance^ Documents
      The EPA has published several guidance documents  related
 to the submittal of RCRA Part B  permit applications and to the
 performance of:  risk assessments:.   These  documents  address prepa-
 ration  of  the applications and technical aspects related to the
 design  and  operation of  land-based hazardous  waste facilities.
 These documents  may be helpful in  the preparation  of a  variance
 petition.   A liat of selected documents:  follows.
     Publications with source shown  as NTIS can  be ordered; from
 the National Technical Information Services; in Springfield>
Virginia, at (703)  487-4650.   Publications  from;  the  Government
Printing Office  (GPO) may  be  ordered  by  calling  (202)  783-3238.
Stock numbers are; shown for GPO publications  and publication
numbers are shown for those from NTIS.

-------
                                 58
      Title
                                    i
 Permit Applicant's  Guidance  Manual  for
 Hazardous  Waste Land  Treatment,  Storage,
 and Disposal  Facilities  (530 SW-84-004)

 Evaluating Cover Systems for Solid
 and Hazardous Waste (SW-867)

 Hydrologic Simulation Waste  Disposal
 Sites (SW-863)

 Landfill and  Surface  Impoundments
 Performance Evaluation (SW-870)     '

 Lining of  Waste Impoundment  and
 Disposal Facilities (SW-870)

 Management of Hazardous  Waste
 Leachate (SW-871)

 Guide to the  Disposal of Chemically
 Stabilized and  Solidified Waste  (SW-872)

 Closure of Hazardous  Waste Surface
 Impoundments  (SW-873)

 Hazardous  Waste Land  Treatment (SW-874)
                                    i
 Test  Methods  for Evaluating Solid
 Wastes  (SW-846)

 A Method for  Determining the
 Compatibility of Hazardous Wastes
 (EPA-600/2-80-076)

 Soil  Properties, Classification,
 and Hydraulic Conductivity Testing,
 Draft Technical  Resource  Document
 (SW-925; 1984)

 Solid Waste Leaching  Procedure,
 Draft Technical  Resource  Document
 (SW-924; 1984) '

Procedures  for Modeling Flow
Through Clay Liners, Draft Document
 (EPA/530-SW-84-001; April 1, 1984)
      Source

GPO  (055-00-00240-1)



GPO  (055^00-00228-2)


GPO  (055-00-00225-8)


GPO  (055-00-00233-9)


GPO  (055-00-00231-2)


GPO  (055-00-00224-0)


GPO  (055-000-00226-6)


GPO  (055-000-00227-4)


GPO  (055-000-00232-1)

GPO  (055-002-81001-2)


NTIS (PB80-221005)
RCRA Hotline
(800) 424-9346
RCRA Hotline
(800) 424-9346
RCRA Hotline
(800) 424-9346

-------
                                 59
      Title                                        Source

 Superfund Public Health  Evaluation                 U.S. EPA Office
 Manual               -                              Of solid Waste
                                                   and Emergency
                                                   Response

 Superfund Exposure Assessment Manual               U.S. EPA Office
                                                   of Solid Waste
                                                   and Emergency
                                                   Response

 Background Document for  the Ground-Water           U.S. EPA, Office
 Screening Procedure to Support the 40 CPU          of Solid Waste
 Part 268   Land Disposal Restrictions

 Background Document on the Development             U.S.  EPA, Office
 and Use of Reference Doses to Support              of Solid Waste
 40 CFR Part 268 Land Disposal Restrictions

Background Document for the Surface                U.S. EPA,  Office
Water Screening Procedure to Support               of Solid Waste
40 CFR Part 268 Land Disposal Restrictions

-------
                                 60
V.    Summary  of  the  Conditions of an Approved Petition
      For every petition  that  the Agency  or authorized state
approves/  certain minimum conditions regarding the subject waste,
the disposal  unit, and relevant management practices will be
specified.  Additionally, certain specific conditions that
identify grounds for revocation of  the approved petition and
possible enforement  action will alsb be  specified.  Although all
                                    i        '
of these conditions  will be very dependent on the individual
petition,  there  are  certain general components that would be
included in every approved petition.  These components are
briefly described in the following paragraphs.
     'Each  approved petition will contain precise descriptions
of the subject waste, in chemical and physical characteristics,
the concentration of hazardous constituents and the range of
variables of  these concentrations, and the volume or .weight
of the waste  to  be managed in the subject disposal unit.  The
petition will also contain a complete description of the disposal
unit, in terms of physical location and dimensions, and current
ownership.  The  petition will specify the length of time over
which the approval is effective and will state exact dates by
which a renewal  or re-application is required.  This latter
information-will be  dependent upon the status of the operating
permit of the disposal unit at the time of petition approval.
In addition,  if  any  petition is approved on a conditional basis,
(e.g., conditional on the basis of additional monitoring results,
or the results of some long-term analyses) the details of the
condition and the petitioner's responsibilities would be
specified.

-------
     Under certain circumstances, an approved petition may be
revoked^ and possible enforcement action, to include fines and
imprisonment, may be necessary.  In general, such circumstances
would include significant changes in the subject waste or in the
site characteristics that could not have been foreseen at the
time that the petition was approved, or the subsequent obtaining
or developmentof relevant information that was not available
to the petitioner or the Agency at the time the petition was
approved.  Additionally, if the petitioner fails to obtain the
required operating permits, or is not in compliance with current
permit requirements, the Agency may decide to commence enforce-
ment action, and this may result in petition revocation.  In
the case of a significant changes in the physical characteristics
of a waste that are either to process changes that involve
different raw materials or to mixture of the waste with other
materials, the. generator of the waste or the person who is
knowledgeable of these changes is responsible for reporting the
change in waste characteristics to the Agency or to the state
that had approved the petition.

-------

-------
    APPENDIX I
SCREENING FACTORS

-------

-------
                               1-1
                            APPENDIX I
I.    Approval and Rejection Criteria
      A.  Approval Criterion
          A petition for removing restrictions ton the land
      disposal of a previously restricted hazardous waste is
     ^approved for a specific disposal ariit if the disposal ;unit
     owner or .operator can demonstrate that no exposure to
     humans or to environmental species tar systems will occur
     through- any pathway "for as :iong «s the wastes remain
     hazardous.      *

     B.   Rejection Criteria
          A :pe.tition for removing restrictions on the land
     disposal of a previously restricted hazardous waste is
     reiecte:d for a specific disposal unit if*
         "1-.   The petitioner fails to submit an  analysis
              documenting the validity of any ^fate and  transport
              model, other  than the unmodified version  of the
              Screening/ Treatmefnt Standard models, to  be used
              in evaluating  the ^disposal ;urcit site.
         :2.  The petitioner fails to JSuJbmit for Agency  approval
             a comprehensive  quality assurance/quality  control
             plan for all sampling ;and ^analytical  techniques to
             toe used in tievelop:ing the petition demonstration.
         3.  The owner or operator of the disposal  unit  has not
             provided to the Agency or State all relevant Bart B
             information, including all relevant Part 270.14(c)
             information.

-------
                               1-2
II.  Approval for Performing a 2nd Tier Simplified Analysis
     Approval is granted for performing a 2nd Tier Simplified Site
Analysis for a petition for removing restrictions on the land
disposal of a previously restricted hazardous waste ifs
          1.  The disposal unit is not located within 1 Km
              of a fault which has had displacement in
              Holocene time.
          2.  The disposal unit is not located in a 100-year
              floodplain, unless granted a variance as re-
              quired under Part 264»18(b).
          3.  The disposal unit is located at a site where
              the inherent geologic,, hydrologic, and pedo-
              logic features can be adequately characterized,
              to ensure that all significant ground water flow
              paths can be monitored.
          4.  The disposal unit is not located at a site in
              close proximity to kairst topography, subsurface
              fractures and bedding planes,  active volcanic
              impact zones, landslide-susceptible areas, sub-
              sidence-prone areas, or weak or unstable soils.
          5.  The disposal unit is not located at a site where
              ground water withdrawal, natural infiltration, or
              any type of subsurface  injection significantly
              affects  the ground-water flow  systems to the
              extent that the  integrity  of the disposal unit
              is  threatened by  contact with  the  ground water.

-------
                     1-3
6.  The owner or operator of the disposal unit is  ,
    not required to perform compliance monitoring under
    Subpart p unless an ACL has been granted,  or is not
    performing corrective action.

-------

-------
     APPENDIX II



PROPOSED LAND DISPOSAL



     RESTRICTIONS

-------

-------
                                             II-l
Fedatri  Begbteg / VoL il. No. 9  /  Tuesday. faauary 14. 198S / Proposed Bate
                      PART268—LAMD DISPOSAL
                      RESTRICTIONS

                        VL fa Part 260. proposed in the
                      Federal Register of May 31,1885 (SO FR
                      23255):

                        1. The authority citation for proposed
                      Part 268 is revised to read as follows:
                        Authority: Sees. 1000,2002(a). 30OT. and
                      3004 of the Solid Waste Disposal Act as
                      amended by the Rmource Conservation and
                      Recovery Act of 1978, ai amended by the
                      Hazardous and Solid Waste Amendmenu of
                      1984 (42 U.S.C. 6605,6812(a}. 6921. and 6924).

                        2. By adding Subpart A to proposed
                      Part 288 to read as follows:
                      Subpart A—General
                      SK.
                      288.1 Purpose scope, and applicability.
                      2S&2 Definitions applicable to this part
                      2603 Dilution prohibited as a substitute for
                         treatment
                      268.4 Provsdwvf for extensions to on
                         effective date.
                      2883 Petitions to allow land disposal of a
                         waste prohibited under Subpart C of Part

                      2008 Waste analysis.
                      268.9 Incorporations by reference.
                                                                      Psspssa,      smf apefeaontv.
                                                                (•} This peit ideaJifies hazardous
                                                              wastes that a?© restricted from land
                                                              diaposal and thsss limited
                                                              drcumstanosa wd@g which an
                                                              otherwise prohibited waste may
                                                              continue to be land disposed.
                                                                (b) Except as spedScaDy provided
                                                              otherwise w this part or Part 261 of this
                                                              chapter, ths requirements of this part   ,
                                                              apply to pesssrai wh® generate or
                                                              treatment, storage, and disposal
                                                              facilities.
                                                                (c{ Hie resusirsiffiente of Subparts A, C
                                                              D and £ of this p@ri da not apply to the
                                                              disposal of haaazdos® waste by
                                                                (d) The requirements of this part appl
                                                              treats, stores, or dfspasea of hazardous
                                                              waste in a State which is authorized
                                                              under Subpart A or B of Part 271 of thii
                                                              chapter if the State has not been
                                                              authorized to carry out the reqmremen-
 genesatiois. teaspsst, treatment storai
 or disposal of femsafdiB«,5§ waste which
 are imposed pmraaaat to the Hazardou
 and Solid Waste Amendment? of 1984
 The requiremeats and prohibitions the
 are applicable until a State receives
 authorization to carry them out includ
 all Federal program requirements
 identified in § 271.10} of this chapter.
   (e) The requirements of this part do
 Hot apply to parsons placmg hazardoi
 provided thai:
   (1) Treatment of sisdi wastes occur
 tfaa
   (2) The soGtenta of the impoundme
 must be analyzed, through nse of the
 test methods described in SW-848 ai
 the residues of snch treatment (indu
 any liquid waste) that do not meet tf
 treatment standards promulgated on
 Subpart O of this part or are not
 delisted under 1 260.22 of this chepti
 must be removed at least annually e
 may not be placed in a surface
 impoundment for subsequent treatzc
 The procedures and schedule for (i)
 sampling of impstimdment contents^
 the analysis of test data, sad (in] th
 annual removal of iresidus which dc
 not meet Sdbpart O treatmsat stanc
 must b@ e{9@ci53d is the facility's w
 analysis ptea as faqtdred under
 I § 284.23 ear 28S.23 af this chapter.
  (3) The iiBjsffisijKteejaS saests the t
requirements of § 2S4J22J(c) os
 § 2§5-221{e| of tMs chapter, unless:

-------
Fcdtni Register / Vol. 51. No. 9 / Tuesday.
                                                                                          llule
                                                                      1781
  Ixnapttd panaaat to i 284221 {d)
  of this chapter, or { 2o%221*(c) or
  tkls chapter, or
  Upon application of the owner or
  tor prior to Novsunber 8.196S, the
  alitrator has granted a waiver of
  quireswats oa tha basis that th»
  aimpotmcteent:
  Has at bust on* lln^r. for which
  Isoo tntidtmm that such liner is
  U located:
   i thaa oftt-qosrter
  'rca as andcrsrcead towes of
  EngwattRaad
  la in ccaapltessa with the generally
  abb grotad water moiitodzig
  rKoesta for facilities with pmraits:

  f Upon appJfcasHwi of the owner or
  .tor prior to November 8.1888, the
  jjisfrater has granted a
  Station of th* reqnirsiaeats on the
  of « demonstration that the
  e* impoandawat is located,
  atd, and operated so as to aswira
  h«f* will a* no migration of any
  •dou* cosstitiMat into grocod water
  rf«ca water at any future tim>.
  The reqoireoawits of this part do
  ppjyte
  ftnrseas' wio haw beta granted a
  IBC* fitma « prohibitiai ptosoant to
  13. with mpsst to thott wastes and
  covered by to* variance: or.
  any land dicposal of contaminated
  » debris revolting &om a response
  Q takan tinder section 102 or 103 of
  Jomprohanihr* Enviroomsntal
  ocae. Compensation, and Liability
 of 1980 or « corrective action
 irtd end«r Part 28* or SOS of this
 iter until Nowmber 8,1B6&
 J A genera tor or an owner or
 star of a facility otherwise
 latsd by this part must comply with
 ppUcabla raqtilreni«nts of this
 >ter.

 12 'DelWtteaaiJpaeiMatotWsptst.
 ) When usxd in this part the
 rwing terms have the meanings given
 w:
 \rea of effective control" means an
 t where perpetual restrictions exist
 be use of any air or water resources
 manner that would-not be
 ectlve of human health and the
 Jroament If this area extends
 ood the waste management area, as
 aed at { 28C95(b) of this chapter.
 actual restrictions on the use of any
 or water resources must be
 ibllthed by an act of tha local or
 la legislature.
 Hazardous coosUtutent or
.stituttts" means thosa constituents
ed to Appeadix VIU to Pert 261 of
»chapter.
  "Land disposal" means placement in
or on the land and includes. but is not
limited to, plecfflEsat in a landfill.
surface impoundment waste pile,
tejectioa wall1, land treatment facility.
salt doras fdrmsiioR. f alt bed formation.
undergrooadmirae or cave, concrete
vault or banker intended for disposal
purposes and placement in or on the
land by means of open detonation. Tha
terja "land disposal" does not
encompass oceaa disposal
  (b) All other terms have the meanings
given undar §§ 2Sam 281.2. 281,3. or
27O2 of this chapter.
                       fW traaanant,
                         No gaasator or owoe? or operator of
                       a treatment storage, or disposal facility
                       shall in any way aitesspt to dilute a
                       waste as a substitute for adequate
                       tre8tmaat|to aehisv* compliance with
                       Subpart O of this part.
                         (e) Any persca who generates, treats.
                       stores, or disposes of a hazardous waste
                       restricted (or proposad to be restricted)
                       from land disposal pursuant to Subpart
                       C cf this part may submit an application
                       to tha Adrafaiateator for an extension to
                       tha ef?eti?fcc data of any applicable
                       restriction established under SI 28&3Q,
                       26&31. or 283.40. The applicant must
                       demomtrats the following:
                         (1) Ha baa entered into a contract to
                       construct or otherwise provide
                       alternative treatment, recovery
                       (recycling), or disposal capacity that
                       protects human health and the
                       environment The contract must contain
                       a penalty for cancellation that, in the
                       Agency's judgment is sufficient to
                       discourage cancellation by the
                       applicant
                         (2) Due to circumstances beyond the
                       applicant's control such alternative
                       capacity cannot reasonably be made
                       available by the applicant by the
                       applicable effective date.
                         (3) The applicant has made a good-
                       faith effort to locate and contract with
                       treatment recovery, or  disposal
                       facilities nationwide to manage his
                       waste in accordance with §§ 266.30 or
                       268.31.
                         (4) The capacity being constructed or
                       otherwise provided by the applicant will
                       be sufficient to manage all of the waste
                       that ia tLe wbjeci of the application.
                         (5) Tha applicant has prepared and
                       submitted to the Administrator &
                       detailed schedule for obtaining required
                       operating permits and construction or an
                       outline of how and when alternative
                       capacity will be provided.
  (6) The applicant has arranged for   .
adequate capactiy to manage his waste
during an extension and has
documented in tha application the
location of aii sites at which tha waste
will be managed.
  (7) Any wants managed in a surface
impoundment or landlm during the
extension period will meet the
requirements of paragraph (i) (2) of this
section
  (b) Any parson signing an application
described under paragraph (a) of this
section shall make the following
certifications
  I certify umto penalty of law thai! haw«
p«Ke£3% exemted aced em familiar writh
the tofonnstta wubraittad in this document
and ail attachraeats and that, basod on my
inquiry of these Individual* tamediatal;
responsible far obtaining the information, I
besiera thet tha taforaatlca is tme. accurate.
end emnpieta. I am awara that ihsm wea
significant pemaitiea for submitting false
IsjfoHEation, iBeteding th« possibility of fine
8AQ |ESl3f?&J3QS£i43SX8U

  (c) On the basis of the information
referred to in paragraph (a) of this
section, after notice and opportunity for
comment and after consultation with
appropriate State agencies in all
affected States, tha Administrator may
grant an extension of up to 1 year from
the effectiva data. The Administrator
may renew this extension for up to 1
additional year upon the request of the
applicant In no event will an extension
extend beyond 43 months from the
applicable statutory effective date
specified in section 3Q04(d], (e). or (g) of
the Act (42 U.S.C 6S24(d}. (e). or (g)).
  (d) Tha length of any extension
authorized iu paragraph (c) of this
section will-be determined by the
Administrator based on the time
required to construct or obtain the type
of capacity needed by the applicant as
described ia the completion schedule
discussed in paragraph (ffi)55) of this
section.
   (e) The Administrator will provide the
successful applicant with written notice
of the extension. This notice will
describe the manufacturing process that
is the source of the waste subject to the
extension, the. volume of such waste, the
duration of the extension, and the name
and the location of the facility
designated in paragraph (a)(8| of this
section to manage the waste during the
period of the extension. Tha applicant
must retain a copy of the notice during
the period of ths extenakm and for at
least 3 years after the extension expires.
   (f) The applicant must provide a copy
of the notice to the facility designated in
. paragraph (a)(6) of this section. The
notice must be provided to the

-------
                                                              n-3
  1782
/ Vol-SI. No. § / Tuesday. January 14,  198@ / Proposed  Rules
  designated facility prior to the first
  shipment of waste which i* the subfest
  of the extension. The owner or opreator
  of the facility shall retain a espy of tfea
  notice during the period e£ the extension
  and for as least 3 years after the
  extension expires.
    (g) The successful applfegsai must
  immediately notify the Administrator as
  changes in the s^R^tioros certified to in
  the application.
    (h) The successful applicant must
  submit written progress reports at
  Administrator. Such rspsrts must
  describe the overall progress mads
  toward constructing or otherwise
  providing alternative treatment.
  identify any event which may cause or
  has caused a delay to She development
  of the capacity; and must summarize the
  steps taken to mitigate the delay. The
  Administrator can revoke the extension
  at any time if the applicant does not
  demonstrate a good-faith effort to meat
  the schedule for completion, if the
  Agency denies or revokes any required
  permit, if conditions certified in the
  application Changs, or for any violation
  of this part.
   (i) Whenemr tha Administrator .
 establishes an extension to an effective
 date under this section, during the
 period for which such extension is in
 effect:
   (1) The storage restrictions under
  5 28a.SO(a)(l)  do not apply, and
   (2) Such hazardous waste may be
 disposed of in a landfill or surface *
 impoundment, only if;
   (i) This landfill if in interim state
 meets the requirements of Subpart F of
 Part 285 and § 285.301 {a} through Ce) of
 (his chapter.
   (ii) The landfill, if permitted, meats the
 requirements of Swbpart F of Part 284
 and § 264.301 (c) through f«s) of Jhis
 t.hapter.
   (Hi) The surface impoundment, if in
 interim status, meets the requirmnpnts of
 Suhpart F of Part 283 aad 1 265.221 (a)
 through (e) of this chapter; or
   (iv) The surface impoundment, if
 permitted, meets the requirements of
 Stiljparl F of Part 254 and §  284.321 (c)
 through (ej of this chapter.

 8268.S  Petitions tesi&w Seng disposal of
 a waste prefObtted under Suteiart C at Part

  (a) Any person seeking a variance
 from a prohibition under Subpart C of
this part for the disposal of a restricted
hazardous waste in a particular unit or
units must submit a petition to the
Administrator demonstrating that any
hazardous constituents of the waste are
      at levels that ensure, to & reasonable
      degre® of certainty, that them will b@ no
      migration of any such hazardous
      eoasiifjsaats of the waste from the area
      of ®feetiv® control into the air, ground
      water, surface water, or soil in
      applicable screening level, or that result
      in adverse effects upon the environment
       (1) The Administrator will use the
      following criteria for determining
      whether the established screening levels
      may be exceeded for any threshold
      constituents:
                     teria:
       (A) Other potential or actual sources
     of exposure to the saraa or similar, *
     esrasiitents.
       (B) The lev®! and type of wncertainty
    * potential exposure to th® surrounding
       (is) lexicological criteria:
     attributable -to a threshold constituent
       (B) Tha fmpencyand magnitude of
     potential gxpssEre to a threshold
     constituent
       (2) The Adraisjistestor will use the   .
     threshold constituents:
       (i) Exposure criteria:
       (A) Other potential er actual sources
     of exposure to the same or similar
     constituents.
       (BJ Th® level and typg of uncertainty
     inherent in the models issad to predict
     potential exposure to th® surrounding
     population.
       (C) The potential current and future
     risk to individuals from the activities of
     the disposal asJt
       {DJ The'size and nature of the
     potentially exposed population.
       [iij Toxicologies! criteria: the level
     and type of uncertainty inherent in the
     data used to estimate health risks.
      (b) The demonstration referred to in
     paragraph (a) of this section must
     include an analysis of the total number
    of-people that could potentially be
    exposed to any hazardous constituent of
    the specified wasts for as long as the
    specified waste remains hazardous.
      (c) The demonstration referred to in
    paragraph (a) of this section must
    include assurances that land disposal of
    the specified wasts will not cause
    adverse effects on any aquatic biota,
    wildlife, vegetation, protected lands, or
    other areas of potential ecological or
   •economic significance.
      (d) The demonstration referred to in
    paragraphs (a), (b). and (e) of this
  section may-include the following  *
    (1) An identification of th® specific
  waste and the specific unit for which th
  damonstratioa will be mads.
    (2) A waste analysis, using methods
  described in SW-S46, whsrs
  appropriate, or equivalent methods
  approved by the Administrate' in
  accordance with i 2SQ.21 of this chapter,
  to describe fully ths.cfiemieal and
  physical characteristics of ttie subject
  waste, including the waste's toxiraty,
  mobility, persistence, and propensity to
  bioaccumralate.
    (3) An evaluation of the psrfcrraamce
   (4) A .comprehensive characterization
 of .th® disposal unit site and area of
 effective control, including an analysis
 of bsckgroBBd air, soil sisd water
 quality.
   (S) Predictions of th© ultimate fate of
 hazardous con3titu@jits in the air., soil,
 surfacs water, and gromsd water, at die
 point ©? points of potential humess and
 enviroaiaaatal exposurs.
   (e) The demonstration rsfssred to in
 paragraphs (a), (b). arad (c) of this
 section must mest ths foOowing criteria:
                                            sampling or test data must bs accurate.
   (2) All sampling, testing, and
 estimation techniques fc? chemical and
 physical properties of the waste and all
 environmental parameters must have
 been approved by the Administrator.
   (3) Simulation models may need to be
 calibrated for the specific waste and site
 conditions, and verified for accuracy by
 comparison with actual measurements.
   (4) A quality assurance and quality
 control plan that addresses all aspects
 of the demonstration must be approved
 by the Administrator.
   (5) An analysis may need to bs
 performed to identify and quantify «ay •
 aspects of the demonstration that
 contribute significantly to uncertainty.
 This analysis must include an
 evaluation of the consequences of
 predictable future events, including, but
 not limited to earthquakes, floods.
 severe storm evests. droughts, or other
 natural phenomena.
   (f) Each petition must foe submitted to
 the Administrator bj» certified mail.
   fg) Each petition must include the
 following statement feigned by the
 petitioner or an authorized
 representative:
  ! «s;riify under jjanaiSy of !aw that! have
personally examined and am familiar wiih
 the information submitted in this petition and
all attached documents, acid thai, based oii
my inquiry of those individuals issmadiatoiy

-------
                                                                11-4
Fagaau RBgaterV VoL SI. No. § / Trasaday. January  14>1986J^^S^^^^.
                                                                                                           1783
       i tot ofeteiifeg tkt fafetmatiea. 1
   efcrtthsrihrattKlisfefissttoaistros
   j*t«s«lco=pl:lil«=r«wmrathsJthsr
   JK&KU pe^iss for sobntttiiw f»l«s •
     -
  jsMrator may request any •
  inn|!nfoflcation the? ujay
  !««*%• b«r»q*£md to evahale tha
  •stealkn.
  gapproved. th* petition will apply
  ni«lijc*al of th* specific restricted
  sa&tha fcsdirfcfcsl disposal unit
  •afcsiia tba dteeosslraHoo end will
  0B% to aayotiwr restricted waste
  "Mrs AdmMsfeatoe shall give public
  te«i tha intent to approve or deny a
  MM sad provide an opportunity for
  cenKicaLTita Administrator
  gpwt public nottc* of th« goal
  CIJThs Administrator will provide
  sat8jotic3 to ins petitioner upon
  aval or denial of a petition. If
  3*«1 la given, the notice will
  d&j> tin land disposal unit tha
  KB tfwt may to dlsponed thmain,
      petitfc
  shall retain the
 at fear tfa» tea of the approval as
 itdby paragraph {1} of this section.
  UK term of an approved petition
 c be no longer than the term of the
 Apermit if the disposal unit is
 attafundtr * RCRA permit, or up to
 latfnaam of 10 years freia.th* date of
 taffia provided under paragraph
 Jdfthis jaetfoa if tbs tmit is
 a&og oadar intefia states. In either
 „ ft* tena of tha appwrsd petition
 Lt*pka opoa the termination or
 aidT* RCRA permit, or upon tha
 .iactiotx'of interim status or when
 rafiana limit spctdfiad in tfa« petition
 ached.
 !.»
 ) The owner or operator of any land
 osal facility accepting any waste
 fret to restrictions under this part,
 t h»va records of either the
 boent ccrtiBcation spedfled in
 igraph (b) of this section or of
 idtnt wasta analysis through testing
 ir waste for the constituents listed in
 DrCCWE In i 263.42 to determine
 itiut &• wastes are in compliance
 atbe applicable treatment standards
 rffitd in Sidjpart D of this part The
 ilKSttist b« tested using the methods
 cri&ed In SW-848 or equivalent
 teds approved by tha Administrator
 irrstdsnc* with jj 2CO20 asd 280^1
fd» chapter.
  (b) Where ths applicable treatment
standard for a waste is treatment by a
specific technology (L&, 5 2S&41(a)j. the
owner or oparator of the treatment
facility most submit a certification to ths
land disposal facility stating that the
waata has beea treated using the .
specified tedinology. The certification is
subjsct ta &s following requirements:
 ' (1) The esTtSScatien must be signed by
tha ireater or his authorized
representative and must state the
following:
  I certify uste paaa!ty of law that ! h*v«  •
psmoaaBy ecasstasd and asa £*2xuliar with
ifaa trestctsnt tedmology aad operatttin of tha
treatmeat psrocess used to tappirt thin
ccrtiBc&tim wid th&t» basod 03 i&y isGjuiry of
those individaale toiz&iidSsteiy rssporuibls for
obtainiag this inlbmuidaa, I feslleve tlwt tfce
traaaaent pracesa has baen operated and
rcainUJBc-d-piiopcjiy go as to eeistevs the
trettEiat etmTsdards of tfes tpesiSssd
ffchEology without dilution of the piobibited
WEsSe. I era aware that there «ra signiBcant
p«9«ltie3 for submitting a false certification
including Ins possibility of fine and
unptteotmieat.

  (2) Ths certification must be sent to
the land disposal facility before the
treated waste (including treatment
residues) is snipped bf the treats? and
most ba kept on sits for 3 years after the
wast* is cktK&d in a land disposal unit
at the facility.
                       J2SS4)
                         The following material is incorporated
                       by reference) and is available for
                       inspection at the Qffica of the Federal
                       Register Information Center. Rm. 3301,
                       11CO L Si, NW.. Wasfefegton. DC mm.
                       Thate incorporations by reference were
                       approved by tha Directs? of the Office of
                       ths Federal Register. Tha material is
                       incorporated as it exists on the date of
                       approval and a notics of any change in
                       the material win fea published in the
                         (a) Test Methods for Evaluating Solid
                       Waste. Physical/Chemical Methods,"
                       EPA Publication SW-846 (First Edition.
                       1S80. as updated by Revision A (August
                       1980), B Only 1881). and C (February
                       1982) or Second Edition, 1982). The first
                       edition of SW-646 is no longer in print
                       Revisions A and B are available from
                       NTIS, 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield.
                       Virginia 22101. The second edition of
                       SW-843 includes materiel from the first
                       edition and Revisions A, B, and C its a
                       reorganized fciEiat It is available from
                       the Supertatedent of Documents, U.S.   .
                       Government Pitatijig Office.
                       Washington. D.C. 20433 (232-752=3238).
                       on a eabscription basis, and futum
                       updates will antomaticaily be mailed to
                       the subscriber. Tha matsrial is cited in
                       the follsming sections of Fart 2Gfe
                                                               §§ 238.1(e)(2). 2fi&5(c)(2). 26&6(a). and
                                                               268.42(8}.
                                                                 (b) {Reserved.}
                                                                 3. By adding Subpart C to proposed
                                                               Part 233 to read as follows:
                                                              28130  Wasts specific prchibitiorw—Group
                                                                  I
                                                              288.31  Waste specific prohibitioRS — Group
                                                               :   o.         .
                                                              §299^8
                                                                (a) Effective November 8. 19B8. the
                                                              wastes listed in paragraph (b) of this
                                                              section are prohibited from land
                                                              disposal, except in an injection well,
   (1) The wastes are treated to meet the
 standards of Subpart D of this part or
   (2) The wastes are subject to a
 successful petitioa under, f 2S&S. or
   (3) An extension has been granted
 under § 233.4.
   (b) Prohibited are t2se following
 solvent coateising wastes containing
 great®? that i percent (by weight) total
• organic consasnessts, except for solvent
 contaminated soils:
 F001— The following spent halogenated
     solvents used in degreasing:
     tetrachloroethyiene,
     trichloroethyiene, methylena
     chloride, 1,1,1-oichloroethane.
     carbon tetrachloride. and
     chloftoated Sfflorooarbons; all spent
     solvent mixtures/blends used in
     degreasing containing, before use, a-
     total of 10 percent or more (by
     volume) of one or more of the above
     halogeasted solvents or those
     solvents listed in FOOE. F004. and
     F895: and still bottoms from tha
     recovery of these spent solvents
     and spent solvent mixtures.
 F002— The following spent halogenated
     solvents: tetrachloroethylene.
     methylene chloride.
     trichloroethyiene. 1.1,1-
     trichloroethane. chlorobenzene,
                                           ortho-dichlorobsnsene, and
                                           trichlorofluoromethane: ail spent
                                           solvent mucturea/biends containing,
                                           before us®, a total of 10 percent or
                                           more (by volume) of one or more of
                                           the above faalogtra&ted solvents or
                                           those solvents listed in FOG1. FG04,
                                           and FCOS; and still bottoms from the
                                           recovery of thesa spent solvents
                                           and spsat solvent mixtures.
                                       FOOS— The following spsni non-
                                           kalogenated solvents: xybne.

-------
                                                            U-5
1764
Federal Register / VoL  81. No. 9 /Tuesday.
    acetone, ethyl acetate, athyl
    bsBzane. ethyl ether, methyl
    isobBtyi keiOES, a-butyl alcohol
                         (a) Eisctivs November a, 1983, the
                                    sestto sra prohibited from land
                                    disposal, except in sn injection well,
                                    unless:
 _r	                      (l)Hie? wastes ara treated to meet the
 containing, befoes ns«,'«8 as mof®    standards of Subpart D of Ms part, or
 of the above nen-Wiigsaatad           (2) The Wastes ar® subject to a
 solv8Bt8aaiEidat®taI®fi©ps2'ceator  saesassM petition »B«t@r §288.5, or
 mare (by volume) e£es«©? more of      '"" "        •—i—i*—
 these solvents listed ia FOBS. MJ2.
 F®JS, aad FOOSs and still bottoms        t—j „..—__	—
                                    November 8,1SSS, wastes identified ia
                                    aarafraph (c) of this section may ba
                                    disposed of ia a landfill or surface
                                      nader 1283.4.
  •  sofcsats aad spent solvent

F004—The following speat non-
    cfesylie add and tsitrobeaseae; all
    spent solvent asixtares/felends
    containing, before use, a tots! of 10
                                      impcrmdmaat only if the facility is in
                                      eempliaffiss with the miaimusa
                                      PM2).
    or mof@ of me above aon*
    halogaaated solvents or those
    solvents listed ia F001. FOQ2, aad
    FOGS; aad still bottoms from the.
    fscov&r/ of tliesa spent solvents
    and spent solvent mixtures.
?00&—The following speat soa-
                                       wasfc® (eosstainini less thaa 1 percent
                                      \s&ff ww^sgjfta'fcj! at^^c^a •«t*jj»"«nii'n' ««i«i ••wa*v«
                                      aim solvent contssninsted soils.
                                          i—Tfas following gpeathaiogeimted
                                          elslerfdss, l,U-
  sootslnicg, before laae, m total of 10
 1 percent or mcra (by volume) of ons
  or more of the above ESE-
  halogenated solvents o? those
  solvents listed ia FOOi. F002, and
  FQO$ and still bottoms from the
  recovery of these speat solvents
  aad solvent mixtures.
PG23—Carbea disulSde
UJHK—Asetaas
UQ31—-a-Butyl alsidsol
U037—The following spent non-
                            halogenated solvents: xylene.
                            acetone, ethyl acetate, ethyl
                                  @, sthyl ethsr, methyl
                                        e, &~bntyl alcohol,
                                                ethanol; all
                                      solely th© above spent
                                                    and all
                            -sjsssjt solvent mixturss/blsads
                                                                                containing, before use. one or more
                                                                                of ths above noa-hslogenated
                                                                                solvents, and a total of 10 percent or
                                                                                mor@ Cay volume) of one or more of
                                                                                thesss g-alvEGJs listed ia F001. F002,
                                                                                RSJ4. and FOSSs and still bottoms
                                                                                feom the recovery of these spent
                                                                                eolvente and spent solvent
                                                                             FOM—iTh® following spent sson-
                                                                                fealegeaated solvents: cresola and
                                                                                eresyiie add and nitrobenzene: all
                                                                                eoataissjng, before use, a total of 10
                                                                                pescsisJ or more (by volume) of one
                                                                                or more of the above non-
                                                                 ilSUmgWSSsS**"1** «%*»W«»i»aw v* uutva»
                                                                 solvents Usted in FOQ1. F002, and
                                                                 FTO5; and still bottoms from the
                                                                 recovery of these spent solvents
                                                                 and spent solvent mixtures.
                                                              POOS—The followrai apsat non-
                                                                 halogenatsd solvents: toluene,
                                                                 methyl ethyl ketons, carbon
                                                                 disiilSfe ieobtttaaol and pyridine;
                                                                 gfi sp@iat golvent mixturea/blends
                                                                 containing, before use. a total of 10
                                                                 percent @r more (by volume) of one
                                                                 or mam sf the above non-
                                                                  Sffibfsmte listed to Hm. FOQ2. and
                                                                           still bottoms feom tha
                                                                                 aad spent solvent mixtures.
                                                                UOQ2— Acetone
                                                                UC31 — a-Butyl slcohol
                                                                U037— Ghlorobesazene
                                                                UQ5&-*G?ssols and cresylic acid
                                                                UOS7— Cydohexanoae
                                                                U07Q— ®43ichlorobenzene
                                                                Ull2~Ethy! acetate
                                                                Uliy— Ethyl stfee?
                                                                               Ul4Q-4sobutasol
                                                                               U1S«— Meihanol
                                                                               U1S8— Methyl ethyl ketone
                                                                               UliS-^fethyl isobutyl ketone
                                                                               Ul^— Nitrobenzene
                                                                               U198»-?yridine
                                                                               U210— Tetrachloroethylene
                                                                               U211—Carbos tetrachloride
                                                                               U220™ Toltsene
                                                                               U228— 1.1.1-Trichloroethane
                                                                               U228—Trichloraethyiene
                                                                               U238— Xylens
                                                                               (2) The following dioxion-contaming
                                                                             wastes:
                                                                             F020— Wastes (except wastewater and
                                                                                 sjsffiHt casbon&om hydrogen
                                                                                 chloride purification) from die
                                                                                 DfcdKKtioK affid msaufacturing uss
                                                                                 (as- a reaotaut, chemical
                                                                                 totsirss.edJate, as component in a
                                                                                 foraiiilatiRg process} of tri-, or

-------
                                                             XX-6
                     al Register / VoL 51. No.  9 / Tuesday. jaguary 14. 1§88  / Proposed Rules
                                                                       176S
    intermediates used to produce their
    pesUdda derivatives. (This listing
    does not include wattes from tha
    production of hexachloropbsfie
    from highly purified 2AS-
    tricalorephtncL)
 tm—-Wastea (except wastewater and
    spent carboa from hydrogsn.
    chloridt purification) from the
    production or ms^ufaUuring us* (as
    a nactent. chemical taicrmsdiates.
    or component in a formulating  .
    process) of pentachlorophenoi. or of
    intermediates used to produca its
    derivatives.
 332—Wastes (except vmstswater and
    spent carbon from hydrogen
    chlcrida purification} from the
    manufacturing usa (as a teactant
    chemical Intermediate, or
    component in a formulating'
    process) of to tra-, penta-. or
    bexachlorobenzenes under alkaline
    conditions.
 J23—Wastes (except wastewater and
    •pent carbon from hydrogen
    chlorida purification) from the
    production of materials on
    equipment previously used for ths
   production or manufacturing usa (ag
   a reactant. chemical intemadiate.
   or componaat in a fozmalating
   process) of tri-, and
   &fcmchlaroph*sol*. (This Hating
   does not include wastes from
   equipment used only for the
   production or use of
   bexachlorophene made from highly
   purified 2.4,5-trlchlorophsnoL)
 X2B—Wastes (except wastewater  and
   spent carbon from hydrogen
   chloride purification) from ths  '
   production of materials on
   equipment previously us«d for the
   Manufacturing use (as a reactant,
   chemical intermediate, or
   component in a formulation
   process) of tetra-. penta-, or
   bexachlorobenzeno under alkaline
   conditions.
 tZT—Discarded unused formulations
   containing tri-. tetra- or
   pentachlorophenoi. or compounds
   derived from these chlorophenols.
   {This listing does not include
   formulations containing
   bexachlorophene synthesized from
   prepurified 2.4.5-trichlorophenol as
   the sole component)
 4. By adding Subpart D to proposed
 irt 208 to read as follows:

Apart D—Tr««!n»int SJanetete
  SK.
  2S3.42 Treatment levels expressed a*
     eonssntoatiooa in waala ax tract
  268.43 Twatewnt standards expressed as
     waste coacentradsn*. (Reserved]

  Syfepsst O—Tf*atos««Bt StsndsrcSs
     AppIfcabiUtyoftraatmtntstandsnis.
941  Treatment standards cxprosied as a
  specified technology.
    (a) Prior to land disposal, any waste
  for which an identified technology is
  specified as tha treatment standard
  § 288.41(a), must be treated using that
  technology or treated using an
  equivalent treatment method approved
  by the Administrator or under the
  procedures set forth hi ! 28&41(b),
  unless the hazardous constituents in an
  extract of the waste or in the Waste are
  less than tha concentration levels
  indicated in § 26&42 or § 288.43,
  respectively.
   (b) For land disposal of a waste listed
  in Subpart C of this part but not
 specifically identified in § 283.43, the
 concentrations of hazardous
 constituents in the waste extract must
 not equal or exceed the value given for
 any hazardous constituent listed in
 Table CCWE in f268.42(a). If none of
 tha concentrations of hazardous
 coastitasn«s in tha waste extract equal
 o? exceed the specified concentrations
 listed fa Table CCWE in 1288.42(a). ths
 wasta may fas land disposed without
 further treatment If the concentration of
 any.hasardous constituent in the waste
 extract equals or exceeds a level
 indicated in Table CCWE in § 288.42(a)/
 for that constituent the waste must
 undergo treatment to bring the level
 below ths applicable concentration level
 before being land disposed.

 §.2S&41  Treatesrt stegxta&s exprcmMi
 as a tpswWM tecfmlasy.
   (a) The following wastes must be
 treated using ths identified technology
 or technologies, or aa equivalent method
 approved by ths Assistant     '.
 Administrator for Solid Waste and
 Emergency Response:
 [Wastes and designated treatment
•technologies will be specified in future
 actions.]
   (b) Any person may submit an
 application to the Assistant
 Administrator for Solid Waste and
 Emergency Response demonstrating that
 an alternative treatment method can
 achieve a level of performance
 equivalent to that achieved by methods
 spedfiKl in paragraph (a) of thie section.
The applicant must show that his
 treatment method will not present an
unreasonable risk of injury to health or
 tha environment. On the basis oif such
information and any other available
information, the Assistant Administrator
  for Solid Wasts amd Emergency
  Response may; In his discretion.
  approve the us® cf the alternative
  treatment slatted if h@ feds, that the
  altem®«lws treatment method provides a
  level of perferaiane® equivalent to that
  achieved by methods specified in
  paragraph (a) of this section. Any
  approval muat be stated in writing and
  may contain suds provisions and
  conditions as the Assistant
  Administrator for Solid Waste and
  Emergency Respena® deems
  appropriate. The person to whom such
  certification ia issued must comply with
  all limitations coatated in such
  determinatiao.

  §268,43 TMsteseBttmtta®8$w®*3e«»as
  68M6®SB$iWttei® te W4JH&© 9Zt?@€tn
   Using fe test methods described in
  SW-S4S or eqmivaiemt methods
  approved by the Administrator under
  the premium act forth in § 128O2Q and
 230.21 of this chapter, the extract from a
 representative sampia of a waste
 identified in Subpart C of this part, or
 from the residue of treatment of such a
 waste, must not contain any of the
 Cflratitizesta listed in Tabls CCWE at a
 conceutratim greater than the
 rsspectiv@ value gjV«a ia that table.
 Whfiss &@ waste contains leas than 0.5
 percent filterable solids, the waste itself,
 tafter filtering, is considered to be the
 extract for the purposes of this section.

 TASLE CCWE—COMSTTTUSNT CONCENTRATION
            IN WASTE EXTRACT
Cot
CS*JSSt®telHES®B™
CresaSB	
M*ttiyl iwtwtyt txtona	

piiCOD'^Ag PaCTaaefU@godiiS
PeCOP-*a
tmofHtonoas..
Totwra.
Trfe^toflQ^sc^rooaWfWi®™
3.4.S Tri
Z.4.STm
2.0
ZO
20
0.1
2.0

2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
 .001 l
 .001 I
20
2.0
1.2
2.0
2.0
0.09
 .001 (usai
 .001 ;ippei
1.0
             .001 {
             .001 dppft)
            0.013
            10
            2.0
            2.0
            2.0
            0.1
            2.0
            8.0
            0.04
            2.0

-------
-f
                                                              II-7
  1766           Federal Isgbtsr / VoL 51.  No. 9 / Tuesday. January  14. 1986  /  Proposed Rates
  §288.43
  s» wast* concentrations. [Reserved]
   5. By adding Subpart E consisting at
  this time of § 26&50 to proposed Part 268
  to read aa follows:

  Subpart E— PraM&ifons en Stof«g«
 restricted wcstss.
   (a) A hazardous waste prohibited
 from land disposal wader Subpart C of
 this part may sot b* stead la tanks or
 containers after the prohibition effective
 date unless:
   (1) Tha owner or operator of a
 hazardous waste treatment, storage, or
 disposal facility stores such waste for 90
 days or less: or
   (2) A transporter stores manifested
 shipments of such waste in containers at
 a transfer facility for 10 days or less; or,
   (3) Such waste is accumulated on site
 by the generator and does not exceed
 the applicable time limitations set forth
 in § 282.34 of this chapter.
  (b) The prohibition in' paragraph (a) of
 this section does not apply to the
 conditions of an approved petition under
 S 28&S or an approved casa-by-case
 exteasion under i 28a4.
this section does not apply to hazardous
wastes that maet tha treatment
standards specified udder Subpart D of
this part.

-------

-------
     APPENDIX III




AGENCY RISK ASSESSMENT



      GUIDELINES

-------

-------
Wednesday
January 9, 1985
Part til


Environmental

Protection  Agency

Proposed Guidelines for the Health Risk
Assessment of Chemical Mixtures and
Request for Comments; Notice

-------
                                                                                                               •V, \tyF,!"
                                                                                                               •• 4'H'"
  1178
                                  xiz-2     -
Federal Register  /  VoL SO. No. 6 / Wednesday. January a. l§8§ /
  AGENCY

  tPm.-2742-Sl
  fifsk A*»i«3is«fit of CtoMfeaS Mxttno
        « Environmental ^Protection
  AgeacyfEPA.      ,
  Aenote Proposed gu!da'L?*s for the    •
  Health Risk Attesment of Chemical
  Mtxtum and request foe cummenta.

  mmtUOftt Tie UJ3. Enviranmsalal
  Pro tectkm Agency is proposing
  Guideline for the Ha*!thRiak
  AsMssmnt of Chmtel Mixtures
  (Guidelines). Tbssa Guidelines ere
  proposed for usa within tha policy and
  pir iedural framawork provided by tha
  variow statutes that EPA administers to
  guide Agency analysis of hoslth effects
  data. Wa solicit public commimt and
  .will take public comment into account in
  revising tntsa Guidelines. These
  Guidelines will be reviewed by the
  Stienctt Advisory Board in meetings
  cow tentatively scheduled for April
  1985.,
   These proposed Guidelines were
  developed as part of a board guidelines
  daveJopiatnt program und*; tha
  auspices of tha Offics of Health and
  Eaviroomsntal Assemcsot (OHEA).
  located in the Agency's Office of
  Research and Development Consonant
  with ths role of OHEA's Environmental
  Criteria and Assessment Office in
  Cincinnati (ECAO-Cin) as the Agency's
  senior health cbmmittea for health risk
  assessment of chemical mixtures, the
  Guldtlimawcradavalopcdbyan
  Afaacy-wida working group chaired by
  tha Director of ECAO-CIn.
  DATE Comments must ba postmarked
  by March 11,1885.
  AOOfttss: Commants may ba mailed at
  delivered to: Dr. Jerry Stara.
•  Ehvironmental Criteria and Assessment
  Office, U.S. Environmental Protection
 Agency, 28 West St Clair. Cincinnati,
  OH 45288.
 FOR PUKTHEK mFOffMATMN CONTACT:
 Dr. Richard Hertzber, Telephone: 513-
 684-7551.
 Preliminary drafts of these Guidelines
 ware sent for review to approximately
 20 scientists in the fields of toxicology,
 pbarmacoldnetics and statistics within
 the Agency and a later draft was sent
 for external review to 12 scientists
 within government, academia and the
 private sector. Comments received from
 these reviewers, generally favorable,
 were considered in developing the
 Guidelines proposed here.
                      Refemafiss and supporting cbosm&ats
                    used is tha preparation of these
                    guidsliaos aa well as comments received-
                    are avaiHabte for inspection and copying
                    at the Public Information Reference Unit
                    (202-382-5828), EPA Haadquattea
                    Library. 401M Street SW, Washington.
                    DC batwaea tha hours of 8X0 sum. and
                      Detod: January X UWS.
                    i fclroidiscttoa
                    Q, Ptopsisd approach  '
                     A. Data AvaUobla oa similar ra&taio*
                     & Data Avauahia onif oo Mxture

                       t. Syatemie Toxicants
                       3. GsreJnogena
                       4. UacsrtaiaKe*
                         a. Health EEccts
                       * b. Exposure Uncsrteintisa
                       * e, Unc8rt«inKca Regarding
                       Ccjcsposition of tha &fixtnr«

                    Et AmisiptioEj and LuniUtiona
                    IV. Mathematical Models and the
                       MteaaKoseaJ of Joint Action
                     A. Dos* Addition
                     B. BaapouM Addition
                    V.
                     The primary purposs of thia document
                   is to generate a ccmsfetent Agency
                   approach for evaluating data oil the
                   chronic and subchronic effects of
                   chemical mixtures. It is a procedural
                   guide which emphasizes broad
                   underlying principles of the various
                   science diadplinss (toxicology.
                   pharmacology, statistics) necessary for
                   assessing health risk from chemical
                   mixture oxposum. Approaches to be
                   osad with respect to the analysis and
                   evaluation of the various data tire also
                   discussed.
                     It is not tha intent of these Guidelines
                   to regulate any social or economic
                   aspects concerning risk of injury to
                   human health or the environment
                   caused by exposure to a chemical
                   agents(s). All such action is addressed
                   hi specific statutes and federal
                   legislation and is independent of these
                   Guidelines.
                     While some potential environmental
                   hazards involve significant exposure to
                   only a single compound, most instances
                   of environmental contamination involve
                   concurrent or sequential exposures to a
                   variety us compounds that my induce
                   similar or dissimilar effects over
                   exposure periods ranging from short-
                   terra to lifetime. In some instances, the
                   mixtures are highly complex consisting
                   of scores of compounds that are
  geaafatsd sSsauliaseoiisly aa by- •     :
  preduais from a sfcgls source or process
  (&gc, coke ovos emissions and diesel
  exEsustJ. la other eases, complex
  mixtures ofwrlatsd compounds are
 - prodtsesd as commercial products (e.g.,
  PCS*, gasoltea assd pesMside
  foratdaitasj ami eventually released to
  the @Qvteame3& Another class of  •   :::
  mixtures eeoalsta of compounds, often
  which are ptecsd in the same area for
  digfjcsel or steage. eventually come
  too contact with each other, and am
  released as a mixture to the
  eaviroESESBt, Tits quality and quantity
  of pertesat istemation available for
  risk .ansasemefflt varies considerably far -
•  different mixtee*. Occasionally, the
  chsf&icid coinpositioras of & mixture is
  well chafxcteked, levels of exposure to
  the population are known, and detailed
  toxicologta data on the Mixture are
  svaikbls. Most frequently, not all
  components of the mixtutcs are known,
  exposure data are uncertain, and
  toxicologic data on ths known
  components of the mixture are limited.
  Nonetheless, the Agency may be
  required to take action because of the
  number of individual st  potential risk or
  beeaoss of tb& kuowra tojdcologie effects
  of thsm easnparufflda that have been
  Identified in the miKtura.           .
,  - Guidalines £9? aingie .compound risk
'  sssessmeBts have been developed for
  subchroxue and chronic exposures to
  both systemic toxicants  and
  carcinogens. In the current document   •
  these approaches are extended to
  provide  compatible guidelines for
  assessing die effects of multiple toxicant
 or multiple eaedaogea exposures.
   The ability ts predict how specific
 mixtures of tamomta will interact must
 be based out aa understanding of the
 mschsoi&ms of such interactions. Most
 reviewa  and texts that discuss toxicant
 interactions usake some  attempt to
 dissuss the biological or chemical bases
 of the interaetioas (e.g* KJsassen and
 DoulL 1S6Q; Leviaa, 1973: Goldstein et
 aL. 1074; NEC 1980s; Veldstra. 1953;
 Withey.  1SS1|. Although  different
. authors use somewhat different
 classification schemes for discussing the
 ways in which toxicants interact it
 generally is recognized that toxicant
 interactions may occur during any of the
 toxicologic processes that take place
 with a single compound: absorption,
 distribution. mstebcJism, excretion, and
 activity at the receptor site(a). to
 addition, compounds may interact
 chemically, causing a change in tha
 biological effeeS or they may interact by
 causing different effects at different
 receptor  sites.                    .   <

-------
                  Fe&szdl Refissies / VoL 801 No. 8. /. Wednesday. January 9. 188J /Noticas
                                                                      1131
  Because of the une«ftataties iahsrsat
in any approach to predicting the
magnitBds and nature of toxicant
i&teractioas, aav assaaarasat si haaith
risk from ehemicd zaixturg most ioduds
assumptions. Ho stogia approach is
                OJ SSS &&&&X9 OS
                !a ta ea rasarsi c3
        en a* SJfenrasa la cssttsfrasa.
a few simple dppk3*diai invohrisg-iiik
addition a? desss addition. Yha
                                                              i Be BBfc das
Section IV.
                                       4, A68*s data co tnaareeBeta o). eaBgatreaa K-fiw
                                                         messforeanH) e) tea w «era
                                                                 -  - -
recommsadgd t@ sfek-asssassisats fo?
                                           ftre, sssreje » >
availability of toxidty data ea tfee
mixture or eteilg? eslxtissss, tfes knswa
or anticipated mtefsetkras ammg
components ia the mixture, arid tha
quality of the essposmfs data. Gives the
complexity of this issas and the relative
paucity of esipMcsi data feera which
sousd geaajaHsaaesa esa fes
?. Use «n
      fteota* (9 Stsp &
                                   tta
                       of as
                         esupaaA «n unras
  Similarly, if the risk assessment is
    -   tod	
       \m
ea SsodbiJiSy, JadpEeaf. essd s dase
          SsassyriE&agsse?S!sattlsat&  dsta-to a jfefe aasesfHssst atea to
developed, The proposed approach is
iummartEsd la Table 1 and detailed
below.

A. Data Available on Similar Mixtures

  For predicting tha effects el
diminished. This eaa be ofest to MKM®
uae sebehroaic er efaccais health effesta
data os tha mixtoa of csES^a esd
mixtures of the same components but
hav&of different ratios of tha
components which encompass the
diffswsRES is esmpositios seea with
time QS taa diSereat ssssfSSJOB sources,
If such data are available, am attempt
should be raads t@ daterm&ta if
significant and systematic differanees
esdst among the.chemicai mixtures. If
sigrJISesat difiersnssa are noted, ranges
data are most likely to be svailabk on
highly cooipl
oven emissica or diesel eKhasist    h&
are generated ia large quantities ®»3
associated with or msspeeted of having
advene health effects. Ewea if sash data
are available, attention should ba pven
to the persistence of tha mixture ia the
environment as well as the variability of
composition of the mixture over time or
from different sources of emission*. H
the components in the mixture gre
known to partition into different
environmental compartments or to
degrade or transform at different rates
in the environment,  then thosa faeiara
most also b® ta&ea into account, or th@
confidence is and applic-abJlity cf the
risk aasesamerat is diminished.
of risk can be estimated based oss
tosdcoJogic data from the various
mixtures. If no significant differaraess
are noted, then a single risk assessment
may be adequate, although soms
statement should be made giving th®
range of ratios of the components iss the
mixtures to which the risk assessment
applies.
mixruresof concern but health effects
data ara available on a similar mixture
(i.e.. e mixture having the same
components but at slightly different
ratios, as having several comracm
components but lacking one or more
components, c? having one or more
additional componenta] a deoeicm must
b@ made whether the zssjxtwje era which
health effects data are available is or is
not "sufficiently similar" to the mixture
of concsra to psnait a risk assessment
Th® dsterajiaation of "sufficient.
similarity" mast ba mad® on a caae-by-
caaa basis, eaasideriEg not only the
iHscsrtsiatisa aa&ssiatad with using data
OH a disaimilar mixtura but also the
unesrtainttea of ssing approaches based
aa-additivity, which ars detailed later.
la dsterminfejg reasonable similarity,
ecnsideratioa shoald b® given, to any
informatios ess tisa components which
differ -tw ar® contained is markedly
different proportions between the
mixture on which health effects data are
available? snd the mixture of concern.

B. Data Avaiitsbls OsJy oa Mixture
Components

  If data are not available on an
identical or fsascsabiy similar mixture,
tSi® sisk assessment^aay be used OR the
toxie o? carcinogenic properties of She
compOBsata in ms zaixture. When little
©rno qoantitative information is
available on th®^^ potential interaction
amsng the ccnpsaents, doae additive
models are recomuseaded for systemic
toxicants (defined later). Several studies
have demonstrated that dose additive
models often predict reasonably well
                                                                              gobstsetiai varfeif rfboih sissilas and
188CJ. Tfee problem of multiple toxicant
exposure has bsen addressed by the
Americais Gostfefemcs of Governmental
Industrial Hygieaiats (ACGLH, 1983). the
Occupational Safety and Health
Administration (OSHA, 1SS3], the World
Health Organization (WHO. 1981), and
tha National Research ^uneil (NRC,
1^8a^|. Although tha fecua «nd
         all groups that recommended
an a
of do^ additive madeL Nonetheless. a@
discussed in Section IV. does additive
models are not the most biologically
plausible appsaack'if the compounds do
not have tha sama mode of toxicalogic
action. Consequently, depending on the
nature of the risk assessment and the
available mformation or modes of action
and patterns of joint action, the most
reasonable additive model should be
used.

1. Sjfsteasis Toxicassta .

   For -sysisiaks toxicante. the current
risk assessment methodology used by
the agency for single compounds moat
often results in the derivation of an
expoerae iavel which is considered
acceptable or which is not anticipated to
cause adverse effects. Depending oa the
route of exposure, media of concern, aad
the legislative mandate guiding the risk •

-------
                                                       III-4
1172
fjrianJ Itegste? / VoL JjMlo. 6 I
         	.      t

         all. tha exposure kvals may ba
HWfiffV^'..pJgHI >< Ufli Wrt&^ufW^ftftTT *W»^k**» Ham iiinj w
expressed fa * variety of ways such as
Aeorpiabl* Daily fcUkei (ADb), levels
•ssodatsd with various Margfcs Of
Safety (MOS). or Ambiost Air
Standards. Foe tfta parpowi of this
dEtcosaioct, tbs tarn "AccspUbls Lover
(AL) wifl be«scd to toasts any of the
criteria, stekiards. ocedviiifflrtes derived
by the Agtacsr. For SJS- •»timata. th«
"hazard tatax* (HI) of s mixton basso
on th* awMiapaoii of dost sdditMty
maybe defined *E
H-E,/AL,+Ei/Al4+-+ E^AJ,   OH)
                       todoieJ.
    tadcsat
JInes ths Znvers* of ths acceptable Isvel
can ba used as an estimate of toxie
potency. Equation IM can bs interpfated
as a normalized weighted-avstafs docs.
with each ccmpomfit doaa scaled by its
potency. As this index approaches unity.
ecocaia foe tb.8 potential hazard of th®
mixture increases. If M>1. the concern
for the potential hazard is ths earns as if
an acceptable Isvel were excaeded for
an individual compound, La- if E,/AL,
exceeded 1. If the variabilities of the
accaptabla levels are known, or if the
accspUbla lavria ara giv«s as rangas
{*&, associated with diffonnt margins
of safety), than HI should be prenentod
with estimates of variation or as a
   *^  hazard index is not a
 mathematical prediction of incidence of
 effects or severity. Statistical properties
 of this index and its dependence on the
 shape of tha do**-*6sponta corves for
 tfca component* are not yet known.
 Mcch additiooiil netsarch is required to
 dtttimin* tht tcearacy of th« hazard
 iodax aa a nnmaioil pwdlctioa of tando
 severity. The hazard indas is only a
 nmtfrical indicator of ths transition
 betwetn acceptable and unacceptable
 expotur* tovds and should not b»
   As discussed in Section IV, ths
 assumption of additivity is most
 properly applied to compounds that
 induce the same effect by the same
 mechanism. Consequently, ths
 application of Equation n-1 to a mixture
 of compounds that does not interact and
 is not expected to induce the same types
 of effects could overestimate hazard.
 Ihus. if the application of Equation n-1
 results in an index near to or greater
 than unity. It may be desirable to
 segregate the compounds in the mixture
 by critical effect and derive separate
 indices for each effect. Conversely, if the
 dissimilar effects influence one another
 te-S, liver failure diminishing the
 fnocttoa cf another organ), then simple
                    dose addition could underestimate ths .
                    total hesafd; tM» is discussed more fully
 Sectioa IV, ox modifications of these
                      1^3 Agasiey has developed methods
                    fa? estimating dose-response curves for
                    single chemicals. e.g. cardnogens (U^.
                    EPA. 1S34}. In attempting to amsso tha
                    raipssss to mixaires using doss-
                    ths mixture, dosa-fidditiva or response»
                    addiUve assumptions can be usod, with
                    pfe&msa given to tha most biologically
                    plausible assumption.

                    & Carcinogens
                      For cardnogans, whenever linearity of
                    tha decs-response curve can be assumed
                    (osualy restricted to low doses], .tha
                    increase in incremental risk P. caused
                    by exposure d. ie related to cardnogenie
                     p.dB.    (0-2)
                     For multipiQ compounds, thia equation
                     maybe generalized to:
                     P-SdjB,.   (D-3)
                     Thia equation assumes independence of
                     action by ths several carcinogens and is
                     equivalent to the assumption of dose
                     addition as well as to response addition
                     with completely negative correlation of
                     telcrasea (see Sactiora IV). Analogous to
                     the pfo^edure tw@d in Equation; H-1 fo?
                     eystamic toxicants, an index could be
                     derolopad by dividing exposure levels
                     (SJ-by dosas (OR) associated with
                     varying levels of risk:
                     HI ~ Ei/BB, 4- Es/DR, + . . . » E,/OR>
                     (0-4)
                     It should ba emphasized that because of
                     ths uncertainties in estimating doss
                     response relationships for single
                     compounds and the additional
                     Encsrtainttes in combining ins
                     individual estimate to assens response
                     from exposure to mixtures, response
                     rates and hazard indices may have merit
                     in comparing risks but should not bs
                     regarded as measures of absolute risk.

                     3. Interactions     .
                       Nous  of the above equations
                     incorporates any form of synergistic or
                     antagonistic interaction. Some types of
                     information, however, may be available
                     that suggest that two or more
                     components in the mixture may interact
                     Such information must be assessed in
                     terms of both its relevance to subchronic
                     or chronic hazard and its suitability for
                     quantitatively altering the risk
                         -
                       For example, if chronic or subchronic
                     toxicity or cardnogenicity studies have'
                     been 'conducted that permit a
                     quantitative estimation of interaction for
                     two chemicals, then it may be desirabk
                     to consider using equation!) detailed in
                                                          as & Bioglss toxicant with greater or
 from sdditMty. Other compounds in the
 mixtw®. m which no such interaction
 date so® available, could then be treated
 In at additive manner. Befora such a
 procsdra@ i® adopted, however, e
 discussion should be presented of the
 mixture may inteifsrs with sh«
 iatorasHos of fes two toxicasste on
 which quantitative interaction data ara
 availaWa Bf ths weight of evidence
 suggeats feat intsrferessca ia likely, then
 an attempt to quaxttitstivsly alter ths
 risk araemaeat may not b® justified. In
 such eases, ths discraiion of the risk
 aEwasraaat may only indicate ths likely
.. nature of interactioaa. either synergistic
 or antagonistis, but not attempt to
      .V«  -•       »•. . J_ _* *!_•_
                                                                             mtemctiois.
                                                                               O&es types of avaiiabls information,
                                                                             auch as thosa relating to mechanisms of
                                                                             toxicant interaction; or quantitative
                                                                             estimates of interaction between two
                                                                             chemicals derived from acute studies,
                                                                             are «vea Issa likely to bs of quantitative
                                                                             use in the asssssraaaC of long-term
                                                                             health risks. Usually !8 will ba
                                                                              the IsiajsEsiHea to srofeslscmc or chronic
  possible, ths nature of my potential
  interaction, without attempting to
  quantify the magnitude of the
  interaction.

  4. Uncertainties
  inadequate to assess tsxposura to human
  populations as ths potential health
  effects of one esr more components of the
  mixtars. M such a case, the leas studied
  harmless. Instead the uncertainty is
  increased. Confidence im the risk
  assessment is rsdacsd because tha
  contributioii af these componenta to the
  toxicity of ths mixture and.
  consequently, the toxicity of the mixture
  itsslf are not known.
    a. Health Effects. !n some cases, when
  health effects data are incomplete, it
  may be possible to argue by analog}' or
  quantitative struetura-activity
  relationshipa that ths compounds on
  which no hselth effects data are
  available am s»t likely to significantly
  affect tile texJea'iy of the mixture. If a
  risk a$83S/sasMse is conducted based on
  such @a argKsasMi, the Iteiiiationa of the
  approach mess be deasiy articulated.

-------
                                                 HI-5
                                    / Volsa No: 8 / Wednesday. January. S. 1985. / Notices
                                                                      1173
 Since s msthsdbisgF has act bom
 adopted for estimating an acceptable
 lave! (®.g» ADI) os carsinsgeme potency
 tern •cnening tests, svsh methods am
 mixtures.
   b. &qseaww CfewteMsa It lewis of •
 8xpostM8 to esrtala sompausds kaowit
 to bs in the misstate srs net available,'
              psratsteiea and transport
        that these compounds ara not
 likely to be sigsdScsixt-is. afectiag Ska
 toxidty of the ssiixtuzs, them a risk
 assessment can bs eradected based en
 the MHMfaiing eosspffiBade in the
 mixture, with appropriate eavaats. If
 no final risk agaaeaaisat esa fee
 data are available. As SB tateriM
 procedure, a risk assessment may bs
 conducted for thss® components in ifa®
 mixture for whiids adequate exposure:
 and health effects data arc available. If
 ths results of the iniaria dak
already exists, rea®assis stiglat be b@ttss
axps&dad ea resssdlsl asHoa as p&ft of
than on further sasesasaeat. Coassm ia/
not redossd if the iatedot dak
mixture hava been considered.
  a Uncertainties Regarding
Composition of th® Mix&irts, As a we*s4
Ea'ddag not oniy on hssith sffasts sad
described ia ths pnwieaa paiagsaph, sa
affects and exposasa iafcraaatica ars
available. If a hazard is iadieated,
be carefully qualified to avoid OTS?
interpretation of th@ ecemas^r of ths
assessment. If no hazard is indicated,
the risk asgessmisat should aot bs
quantified until better health effects and
monitoring data are available.
HL AsssaaapSlcas aasd Umitatiims
  Most of ths data available on toxicant
interactions are derived &raa aeate
tajddty studies asing experirae&tel '
animafs ia which saixtess of two
compounds WS-ES tested often is onljr a
single cosabmatioa. Mafor areas of
uncertainty with mssh data involve &s
appropriateness of interaction date from
 an aaate toxidty study to quantitatively
 ales? a risk assessment for subchroaic or
 ehraaie sxposure, the appropriateness-of
 toteastioa data OK two component
 mixtures to quantitatively alter a risk
 essesjsmant on a mixture; of several
 eompounda. and the prsdictability of
        to quantitatively assess
 tetsractions in hnmans.
   Tfee use of interaction data from acuta
 toxicity studies to asseae ths potential
 tefsmetions OB chronic exposure would
 b© highly questionable unless the
 machanism(e} of ths interaction on acute
 expasisra were known to apply to low
 doss chronic exposure. However, most
Mo^n biological medjsnisma for
 tojdcaat interactions involve som® fona
 of competition between ths chemieala or
 phenomena involving saturation of a
 ^ssptor site or metabolis pathway. As
 the doses of tiie toxicants ara decreased,
 ii is likely that thes@ mechanisms either
 no longer will exert a significant effect
 o? will be decreased to an extent which
 cannot be measured or approximated.
  The sase of information from  two
component mixnirea; to assess  the
totefsetioazis m mixture containing
ecsss|3t!!ands.«9rgi JosowB" Jo interact, either
synergistically sr antagonistically.
basauss of the effects of oss compound
on the mataboliam o? excretion of the
other, ths addition of a third compound
which either chemically alters or affects
the ailbsospaoa of one of the first two;
campomds cotsld substantially alter the
degree of th® toxicoiogie interaction.
Usually. dataUed studies quantifying
tosde&Et int^aetioap are not available
                 t miKtures,*andthe
              t ass. available on such
rabcturas (e.g» Golliao et at, 1S59) do not
provide sufficient information to assess
the effects of interactive intetference.
  Concsms with the u*a of interaction
data on experimantal mammals to
assess interactions in humans is based
on the increasing appreciation for
systematic differences among spedes in
their response to individual chemicals. If
systematiis differences in intes^pedes
sensitivity exist among species, then it
seems reasonable to suggest that the
magnitude of toxicant interactions-
among spedes also may vary in a
z~fSZesm&&msamG£. Comsequsntly. even
If ®kcallaat chnmis data are available
oa tha magnitude of toxicant
intaractioiu in a spades of experimental
Essmffissi. ther@ is unceftainiy thet the
usagnsteds of th@ interaction will be the
same in humans. Again, data are not
 available to propsriy assess the _
 eiiniSeancs of this uncertainty.
   Last,it:§hs8uld.b8 emphasizsd that
 uoa® of ths, models for toxicant
 interaction can predict the magnitude of
 toxicant interactions in th® absence of
 extensive data. If sufficient data are,
 available to estimate interactive
 coefficients as dssciibed ia Section IV.
 th@Q-dig asagoitKd® of the toxicant
 interactions for various proportions, of
 the gams components can bs predicted.
 The availability of an interaction ratio
 • (observed response divided by predicted
 response) is useful only in asssssing the
 magnitude of the toxicant intcrastion for
 ths specific proportions of the mixture
 which were usad to generate the
 Interaetion ratis.
   The basic assumption in ths
 recommended approach is the risk
 assessments on'Chemical, mixtures are
 best conducted using toxicoiogie data on
 similar mixture. While such risk
 assessments do not fomaally consider
 toxieologic interactions as part of a
 mathematic model, it is assumed that
 responses in experimental mammals or
 human populations noted after exposure
 to ths chamical mixture ess bs used to
 coadact risk'-asoeannenti on human,
 mixturea using ;8xperimental mazmnals.
 the same limitations inherent in species*
 to-spsdea extrapolation for single
 compounds apply to mixtures. "When
 using health effects data on cheioicai
 mixtures: from studies on exposed
 human:populations, the limitations of
 epidsmiologic studies in the risk
 fflsssssESJTit of single compounds also
 apply to mixtures. Additional limitations
 effects data os cfaexaical mixtures-if the
 components in the mixture are not
 constant or if the components partition
 in,the enviroi!!EJ2Et
   If sufSdeat data are not available ,on
 the effects of the chemical mixtor@ of
 concern or a s
 the proposed approach is to assunis
 additivity. Dose addiiivity is based OR
 the assumption that the components in
 the mixture have the same mode of
 action and elicit the same effects. This
 assumption will not hold true in most
 cases, .at least for mixtures of systemic
 toxicants. For systemic toxicants,
 however, most single compound risk,
 assessments will result in the derivation
 of accsptabla levels, which, as currently
 defined, esuasst bs adapted to the
 different forms of response additivity as
 described to Section IV,
.   Additivity models can be modiSed to
 incorporate quantitative data on
 toxisamt interactions from subchronic or

-------
                                                         nx-6
1174
F0d«al Rsgfete / Vat SS, No. 8 / Wednesday,  January 9, !«/ Notices
 ^^  ""•    0      »       _   . - ..	.	      „. i,n.m...n.i.i.r.-i. i jm.iiiiiiiimijm.iiiiiiirinniiiniliunilil.r--n nil	 II I II LIUUIBIimH.!!--;—TTHPItP
cfcrenic stadias using the vtcdda givsa
wodtls. If thl* approach is Uktn,
fcotc3vsr.it will be ucd-!?tha«ssaE3pilo3
that other compoomts ia tfea niastsia do
•etfciCtrtei with tt-s auaunand
or chronic iateraeltesis data seldom will
bat awflmhl*. and meat jiek AHMMsratB,
ia tba abstes* of fccaJli «fiKU data on
tia aiixhira of caaora!, wi'l bt based oa
mat smsssstioa additivtty.
  Dota-eddittva and refpsaw-jsiditiva
                    to substantial
•xron ia dak astimatM if «ptaf^§tic or
ssWivn to predlit the aen&t tiixioitte* of
•May mixtures of similar and dissimilar
uasjponnds (&g« Pozsani et aL. IKS:
Sasyih at «]., laes, 1870: Muipby. 1S30),
•cm marked exceptions have bssa
acted. For example. Smyth «t «!. (1S70)
ttttsd the teteractioa of 53 pair* of
ieebstri«l chemicals bassd oo aeat«
Itihsllty in rats. Few most pairs of
ccsnpouada. the ratio of the predicted
LDi» lo observed LDw did not vary by
njcra than * factor of 2. Tha greatest
variation was sean with as eqohroimas
jg^xtura of morpholine aod tolasas, in
wfeldi ths obs^vsd LDt* was about 2va
tins Itss than the OX* pssdictcd by
time additton. Ia a stady by HaiaiB«sd
«t«L (1878), tba relative risi of BJEJ
CS32CS- atttibutabk to amokins was 11.
while the relative risk associated with
asbestos exposure was 5. The relative
rick of King cancer from both smoking
mod aibestos exposure was 53,   •
indicating a substantial synsrgistic
effect Consequently, hi sorna cases,
mJditiwity assumptions may
••iNrtantially ondenstiniate risk. In
e&w casts, risk may be overeBtbnated.
While this is certainly an unsatisfactory
fcHJUtion, it is a Hmitation associated
•ore with the nature and quality of the
available data on toxicant istersetioa
dura with the proposed appfocdt itsttli

IV. Mathematical Moduli md &a
  The simplest mathematical models for
Joint action assume no interaction in
any mathematical sense. They describe
cither dose addition or response
addition and are motivated by data oa
acute lethal effects of mixtures of two
compounds.
A. Dose Addition
  Dot« addition assumes that the  '
toxicants hi a mixture behave as if they
were dilutions or concentrations of each •
ether, thus the slopes of the dota-
response curves for the individual
compounds are identical, and the
response elicited by the mixture can be
                     predicted by sommnig the individual
                     dcecs after adjusting fopdifeBBSMi« in
                     pattaeys this is defined as the ratio of
                     •quitoxis dosss. Probit transtaiiffi&m
                     typically stakes this ratio coiistsssJ at ail
                     doeea whss parallel straight HcSs are
                     obtained. Aitbongh this assufstistioa esn
                     be applied to any modal («,&, afej  (that is
                     wha) is meant by equitedc dosas). Ia
                     this example, the pttta^y. p, is
                     apprcbdmttaly 2. Dose additioa assumes
                     that the response, Y, to any mixture of
                     these two toxicants can bs predicted by:
                     Y-03-i-3 log (Z> H-pZ>)
                     Thus, «ia"3s p is defined as Zi/Zi.
                     Equation IV-3 esssnfially converts Zt
                     into E25 sqawaJeffit doae of % by
                     adhiatiiQ for te diffcssEcs iia pSsEcy.
                     A mam gs?.«faifead fona of ihis
                     «juafisa for aay asember of tadcants im
                     where at is tisa y-intsrcept of the does-
                     response equation for toxicant-i. b is the
                     slope of the dosa-respoass lines for the
                     toxicants, & is tha proportion of the i8*
                     toxicant in the mixture. Pi is taa potency
                     of the i^-tSoxicant with respaei to
                     toxicant-!  (Zi/Zt), and Z is the som of
                     die individual doses ia tha interne. A
                     znai-e detailed discussion of the
                     derivation of the equations for doss
                     addition is presmated by Fbmey (1971).

                     & Rmpansa Additie®
                       Ths other fbrsa of additivity is
                     refeKfsd to as reapotssa addiiHos. As
                     detailed by Bliss (1939), this type of joint
                     action assumes that the two toxicants
                     act on different receptor systems and
                     that ths correlation of individual
                     tolerances may range from completely
                     negative (r» —1) to completely positive
                     (r» +1) correlation. Responsa additios
                     assumes that the response to a given
                     concentration of a mixture of toxicants
                     ia completely determined by ths
                     fmyn&Ka  to the components and tha
                     correktioa coaffidcnt. Taking P as the
                     proportion of organisms reapondfasg to a
                     mixture of two toxicants which evoke
                     !ndividv»! respoewaa of Ft and Pa. then
                                          (IV-S)
                                                                                                      (IV-93
for this form of joint aettas have been
given by Msckstt and Hewlett (1@€8).
                       tare
             i end do not allow for the1
maaswemeats of uyaergsstic a?
' toxicant interactioiis for mixtures of two
compotmda, Fismsy (1SQZ} proposed the
foUowing msdiBe&Mois of Equation 1V~4
Y-a, ^b lag (fe 4-pfe+K W&r^-t-fe tog 2
(TiMS)
where &i. b, fe, p ausd 2 are ds&ted as
befora amd K ie tfas ess«ffi«aeaS of
 indicates ^ratagonisos. and a value of .
 zero corresponds to dos@ ffiddi&on M in
 Equation IV-4. Like oth«r prap0rad
 modiBcatifMg of dose addition (Hewlett,
 1989), the equation assumes a consistent
 interaction thraoghost the entire rasigs
 of praportiona of individual components.
 To account fcrsBeia asymmetric
 of iatcmetiraa as tfcass obsiafvad by
                                 to
        teg (?,-
                  OV-10)
 in which K(p£5&)fte is divided into two
 componeats, Kjf^pf.&j6-5 aad KB^(pft&
 &*. Since K, and Ks natd not have- the
 same ssga. appaiwii asstEccaa of
 be estimated. Wfee0 K« aad SCs are «qaal
 Equatkm SV-M ztsdwsea t@ Eqiaatiou IV-
 9.
 IV-10 requires that ths toxieity of
 two
 with assays of te tea-deity of th@
 individaaS cessspoEents. Slace this
 requires experiments with large
 numb@re of animals, assds am&lysm have
 been nsatricted for the most part to data
 from acute bioassaye using bisects (e.g.,
 Fiimey, 1S72) or aquatic, orgaraenns
 (Ehirkio, 1S79J. Also, because of the
 complexity of sxperimeffltai design and
 the need for large mzmbara of animals,
 neittosr &|Mat5oi8 XV-S nor Eqwatioss IV-
 10 has bssz! gaaarKslizsd or applied to
 edxtwss of laera ihan two toxicants.
 medals to iradwia interactive tsnus hava

-------
                                                          m-7
                                                   No. @  /  Wednesday, fanuaiy a IMS /'Notes
                                                                             I17S
  appropriate statistical tests far the
  assumptios of addiiivity (Kara and Lisa.
  1883; WafefBEdorf at aL. 1981).
 measurements of tha extent of toxicant
 latefasiSoita (§) can be sxpsssssd as tfes
 ratio of observed relative risk to relative
 risk predicted by sems form of
 ratio of interact^ % classical
 toxicology studies, S^l indicates no
 interaction, S«l indicates synergism,
 §
                                           laterasticm is sptdemiaiogie studies. Am. J.
   Loviae. RJ, 1S73. Pharmacology: drag
 acMora.affid -reactions. Boston, MA: Little.
 Bro«J33 aad Compsay, 412 p.
   Murpby. SJJ. ises. Assessment of the
 poteady for toads' interactions among
 anvtaanmtal j!wUutaa£s.%j.- CL. Galii. S.D.
 MurpJsy, esd It Psoktti, sds. The principlas
 end tastheds ia saodsra toxicology.
 Aiffistefdajs, Tfea Matte Sands: Ehewier/North
 Hoilsnd Biosr.sdicaS Frais.   <
   NEC (Natiosial Eejaefjch Couasi!). ISSOa.
 Drinking water and health, VoL 3.
 Washington. DC: National Academy Press, p.
 27-28.
   NEC (Nafcicssal Raserach Co«neil),-iS80b.
 Pdjsdplss of tesdcclopsai iutsmctions
 associated with mtdtipls chemical exposures.
 Washington, DO Natioaa! Academy Press, p.
 204.
   OSHA (Oecopstiisfflal Safety and Health
 Administration). 1333. Gccsral ladnsiry
 Standards, Subpart 2, Toxic and Hazardous
 Substenscs, Cods of Federal Regulations.
 40:19iaiOffiKd)(2)(i). Chapter XV!!—
 Occupetionei Safely and Health
 Administration, p. 667.
   Pkckatt. &L. end P.S. Hewlett I94a
 SSatisSeal aspects of the independent joint
 action of poisions. Ann. Appl. Bioi. 35:347-
 353.
   Passat. U.C, CS. Weil snd CP.
 Cerpeatsr. tS9& Tha toxicDlogtcal basis of
 thrssfosld veiuss; & Tha experimantal
 inhaJaaca of vapm mixtures by rats, with
 notes open ths relationship bstweesi single
 doae inhaledtsn end eiraglsj doss oral data.
 Am. Inii Hyg. Assoc. |. 20:364-380.
   Rothman. K,  197S. The estimation of
 synergy or antagonism. Am. J. Epidemiol.
 1G3(S):SC6-511.
   Rothman. K. 197a Estimation versus
 detection in the assessment of synergy. Am.).
 EpidemioL 103{i;«-tlw
   Rothmaa, 1C. S. Greenland, and A. Walter.
 183a Concepts of interactioa.,Am. J.
 Epidemiol. 112(4}:4e7-4m
   Siemiatyski J« and D.C Thomas, ign.'
 BiologicalTsodeLs end statistical interactions:
 An example from multistage carinogenesis.
 lat, }. EpidemioL 10(41:383-387.
   Smyth. RF, CS. Weil ].S. West and CP.
 €aipeaier. LESS-. An exploration of joint toxic
 action: L Twenty-seven industrial cheraicaia
 Intubated in rats in all possible pain.
 ToxicoL AppL Phsmiacol. 14:340-347.
   Smyth. HJ?., C.S. Weil ].S. West and CJP.
 Carpenter. ISTa An exploration of joint toxic
 action: !L Equitoxic versus equivoiume
 mixtures. ToxicoL AppL Ph&rmacoL 17:499-
 503.
   Stara, J.F.. 0.  Mukerjea. R. McGaughy. P.
 Durkin, and M.L. Douraon. 1983. The current
 use of studies on promoters and
 cocarcinogens to quantitative risk
 etsessiBsnt Envirois. Health Perspect. 50:359-
 3SS.
  U^. EPA. 138$. Proposed guidelines for
carcinogea risk assessment Office of Health
and Envsraamental AseesEment Carcinogen
Assessment Grctip. Draft
  Veldstea^H. 1B5S. Sy-jiargism and
potentlation with spacia! reference to th@

-------
                                                        m-8
 1178         •   F«d«nl RraisKw / VoL 50, No. e /  Wednesday. January 9. 1985 / Nottata
 cocnbirntloo at itroctuial «icJeg»aj.
 FtuewacoLJUv. 1338-387.
  W*hradoi£I*R.Z«ntgrat«adCC.   .
 Brown. IBM. Optirad dwijra far the ncfysis
 of teJtracth» tffiieti of two caidnoftsa or
  Walter. SJX 1V& HM nttealiao «nd
            f Bttrftwtabit risk talwmllh
        an, ItadTJR. KoMbrf. 19Tt,
        ••Stfpfcstftv. *sdl otter awdteSs for
  Wit&qr. PL lBtt.'i-
-------

-------
                                                           nx-io
433M
Fated Ragjgte? / Vol jg. Ng« J^g/ ._F^?7' Novan^eg^. l^£^Notos_
mvmotwcNML pKcnmcnosi
AGZKSY
Proposed Qufeteanea for Exposure
        EnvireaiBzntal Protection
Agency (EPA).
ACTKX3 Proposed '"sidelfass for
Exposure Atssstsaitt-* and Request for
•UMiWCf: The U&Eisviroamsnta]
Protection Agsacy ia proposing
          for Ebqjonen Asocsiment
(Gufekllaes). Tbesa GaJdelfats are
proposed fbffttsawlthiatfca policy scd
procedural framswork ptaowidtd fay the
various statutes which EPA administers.
data. We solicit public comment and
will take public comment into account in
revising mma Guidcliain. Tfccw
Guidelines will baxviiswed by the
Science Advisory Board in meetings
now tentatively scheduled for April
3885.
  These propoesd Guidelines ware
developed as part of a broad guidelines
development program under tha
auspices of the Office cf Hosith end
Emrfroczantal Ast*sstBcnt (OHEA).
located In tha Aftacy'a Offlca of
Research and D*»»lopa«ni. ComsOTaat
with tba roJoof OHEA's Expense
Assassment Group (EAG) as the
Agency's senior health committee for
exposure assessment, the Guidelines
were developed by an Ageacy-wide
working group chaired by the Director of
BAG.
OATK Commoits meet b* postmarked
by January 22, 1983.
ADOMISSXK Couansnts may b* moiled '
or delivmd to: Dr. James W. Falco.
Expotute Aswsnaent Group (RD-esS),
Office of Health and Environmental
Aistfttaent, U.S. Eoviromnimtel
Protection Agency. 401 M Strest S.W,
Washington. DC 2D480.
         Kit ttt
Dr. James W. Falco, Telephone: 202-475-
8909.
ttSVUDMHTJUIV HWOWHATWI*
Preliminary drafts of these Guidelines
were sent out for review to 15 scientists
and engineers hi the field of exposure
assessment within government,
universities in the United States and
abroad, and the private sector.
Comments received from these reviews,
generally favorable, were taken into
account in developing the Guidelines
proposed here.
  In addition, as a result of the reviews.
four areas requiring further research
were identified aa follows;
                      A Iafjj9 msnb@r of mathematics!
                    models are used to estimate a wide
                    variety of parameters needed for
                    estimating exposures. Guidance in the
                    form of selection criteria axe needed to
                    ensure that the most appropriate
                    mathematical model is ueod for each
                    exposure parameter estimate.
                      (2) Development of Guidance for .
                    Analysis of Metabolism Data.
                      Guidance is needed to provida .
                    appropriate eon&ideratioffi of metabolism
                    data in the calculation of [whole body
                    dos« and in the extrapolation of whole
                    organism dosa from one species to
                      (3) Definition of the Relationship
                    Between Exposure Assasnment and
                    Epidemiology.
                      Guidance is needed to (insure that
                   • pertinent parameters of exposure are
                    qteesured in prospective opidemiologic
                    studies. Methods providing the beat
                    estimates of exposure for retrospective
                    and historical epidemiologic studies
                    must be defined.       '
                      (4] Development of Methods to Relate
                    Exposures Measured by Personal
                    Monitoring to Source Contributions.
                      GuManes is needed to ostablish
                    msiffiaed by personal monitoring to
                    eoiEtroHabie eeurcas and to discriminate
                    among possible sources and between
                    background and anthropogenic sources.
                    It is the Agency's intent to revise the
                    Guidelines periodically to incorporate
                    the results obtained in the four research
                    areas defined above as they become
                    available.
                      la addition to the publication of the
                   • Guidelines, the Agency ako will provide
                    technical support documents that
                    contain detailed technical information
                    needed to implement the Guidelines.
                    Two of these technical reports entitled
                    "Development of Statistical Distribution
                    or Ranges of Standard Factors Used in .
                    Exposure Assessments" and
                    "Methodology for Characterization of
                    Uncertainty in Exposure Assessments"
                    are currently available. Technical
                    reports for the four new guideline areas
                    described above will be available at the
                    time of publication of the corresponding
                    guideline section. These technical
                    support documents will be revised
                    periodically to reflect improvements in
                    exposure assessment methods and new
                    information or exporiencai.
                      Support documents used hi the
                    preparation of these Guidelines as well
                    as comments received ar» available for
                    inspection and copying alt the Public
                    Information Reference Unit (202-382-
                    5928), EPA Headquartera ybrary. 401M
Street S.W., Washington. DC between
the hotve.of &00 sjn. and 4:30 p.m.
  Bated: Nowabe? ft, 1984.
 SHBasi FJ. Rssd
Administrator.
L tetrcductiaa
E> GmMofCuidelinss end Principla*
  A. Expesism sad Dos®
  H Daraeioe Pstfc to Deterausta Scope of (he
    Asssssmsat
OL OcgsaJzatloa aad Contents of an
   Exposure Aaaosamant
  A. Overview
  B. Dstailed Explanation of Outline
             Stzmnw?
                                                             8. General Information
   g. Sxposwv Pathways and Environmental
    Fata
   & Monitored or Eatimated Concentration
    Levels
   7. Exposed Population*
   & Integrated Exposure Analysis
   9. References
  10. Appandexea
  These Guidelines provide the Agency
with a general approach and framework
for carrying out human or norahumen
pollutants. HM Guidelines have been
developed to assist future assessment
activities and encourage improvement in
those EPA programs that require, or
could benefit from the use of exposure
assessments. The Guidelines are
procedural They should be followed to
the extent possible in instances where
exposure assessment is a required
element in the regulatory process or
where exposure assessments are carried
out on a discretionary basis by EPA
management to support regulatory or
programmatic decisions.
  This doeuaaeai. by laying out a set of
questions to be considered m carrying
out an exporara assessment should hefy
avoid inadvertent mistakes of omission.
EPA recognizes that gaps in data will be
common, but the Guidelines will
nevertheless serve to assist in
organizing the data that are available.
including any new data developed as
part of the exposure assessment. It is
understood that exposure assessments
may be performed at many different
levels of detail depending on the scope
of the assessment.                 ;
  These Guidelines should also promote
consistency among various exposure
asamsmeffit activities that are  earned
out by tte Agency. Consistency with
respect to common physical, chemical.
and biological parameters, with respect
to assumptions about typical exposure

-------
                                                         III-ll
                                    /  VoL 48.. No. 227 / Friday. Novemhef 23, 1884 / Notices
                                       aeenmdtba route of ssjsosiise
                                       gansraily topaets the overall exposura
                                       and ihoold be considered la performing
 expeneasss.
   It is resogffltesd that tha mate
 objective of aa ®jspsmssa assessmsat is
 to provide ssliafels fata snd/«sr
 assessment pressss sfeotald ba
 coordinated with ths tadeity/effeEts
 aasssssssat This desssBssi psewides •
 commen approadk ts fsraat, which
& ^semea /&£& toDatseaua*Scope of
the Assessment
  Ths Srst step hi preparing aa
exposure assessment should be the
cfeasascriptioa of the problem at hand
tss miaifflize effort by use of a narrowing
process. A deeisies logic pats that
describes this process is shown ia
Figure i. As illustrated in Flgers 1, t&e
preliminary assessment and the in-depth
assessment are two major phases in this
logkpath.
 assessisg risk,
   ActheAg@Q£
 exposufs assss^ssate, Sfea Gaidsliaes
 willbsravig
 experience.
A. Exposure and Doss
               .                @sd
              Fate, of tint Arassieaa
should commence by considering what
risk is under study and what law might
rega!ate.the exposure to tha agent
Within this framework, a preliminary
data base should be eaanmed &om
readiiy available edentiSe data and
exposure infcmatiras based on
mamafaetarsf, ymcassof. aadussr
praetieea, Next me most likely areas of
exposure {manufacuring. processing,
consumer, distribution, disposal,
ambient, water and food, etc.) should be
idssSffiesL Since a eomplats data search
feas Es4 fossa conducted. weO-identified
                                       eatijaatss are used to fethsf narrow the
with enviram&eBtal and health effissts
  In ooaaidedng tfea'sKpossffs of a
aub(3Gt to e hazardous .ageas.t, thsfa are
several related pnsesssez. The eoataet
beiwaaa the subject of eoasara aad te
agent may lead to the iataks of some of
the agent If absorption occurs, this
constitutes aa uptake (or an ataofbed
dose) which tbes may lead to health
effects. When bisiogsesl tissve or Sisid
chemical, espostwes can bs ssdmated
finra these data, foessass of a cheasii^l
in suds biolcgieal saaapl®s is ths meet
direct iodicgtioa that sat exposure has
                          •JHUMMftt im
           11. auum *>« n> rmut
                                         Data from this preuminary exposure
                                       assessment can thsa be coupled with
                                       toxisnty Mofsaation to perform a
                                                  risk analysis. As a result of
 that either as in-depth exposufe
 assessment is necessary or thst thers is
 no asad for further sxpoaurs
 contents of aa is-deptfe exposure
 assessment are given in the following
 section.              •
   Im afi€«E»b(iag the information base for
 either a p?eltmmary assessment or a
 more detailed assessment its adequacy
 following eassMsrationa:
 —Availability of information in every
   area aeadedior as adequate
—-Quaatitetive end qualitative nates of
  the data:
—Haliabiiity of infonoation;
—•OmitaMoEa oa the ability to assess
  exposure.
C Uncertainty

  Exposure assessments are based on
monitoring data, simulation model
parameter used in approximating
actual essposws emtsK&&3&&Qth de
gad sasuErotioiJS contain vsnytsig
                                                                             the-aeeuraey of sspaaur® aesensmemts.
                                                                             Aa evaluation of these uncertainties is
                                                                             importaat whsa the azessament is the
                                                                             basis for regulatory eEtiaa,
                                                                               The oncertainty analyses psffanaed
                                                                             will vary depending oa the scope of the
                                                                             assessment the quantity and quality of
                                                                             monitodng data eollsieted, and the type
                                                                             and complexity of ssaihematicsd models
                                                                             used. A diecessioa of the types «l
                                                                             analysis used lor qeaatlfymg
                                                                             fm me next section.
                                      A Overview

                                        A sogg^ted oufStaa for as expomsxe
                                      assessment documsnt is given La Exhibit
                                      1. The five major topics to be addreaead
                                      within most @%pos%f@ gasessments ars-
                                      as follows: SoaiFca{s); Exposure
Concentration Levels and Duration:
Exposed Pof>ulaii0!st(s); and Integrated
Exposure Analysis. These five topics are
appropriate for exposure assessments in
general, whether the assessments sis of
global, national, regional. local, site-
specific, workplace-related, or other
scope. The topics sse appropriate for
exposure assessments on new or
existing chemicals and radiossudidea.

-------
 4830S
Federal
                         XZI-12

/ V«d. 49. No. 22?  /  Friday.
      an also applicable to both single
 media and multimedia aMMseownts.
 Since exposure assamnsnts ara
 performed at diffarcmt kvals of detail.
 tb» exUot to which any at«m«aiant
 contains items listtfd in Exhibit 1
 dapeadi upon its scope. Hie outline is a
 jold* to organize the data whaoaver
 they are available.
 & Detailed Explanation rfOutlina

 l> Ebwcativa Smsmary
   TIw "Bxeeativa Summary" should be
 writtes to that it can stand on its own
 a§ aaainietoa report. Its main focus
 stocld b« OQ a aasadact dscEriptior. of
 tha procedures used, sjttwnptioE*
 employed, and summary tables or charts
of the results. A brief discussion of the
w.ffirtaintis* asaodated with the results
shodd bt included.

2. Introduction (Purpose and Scopa)
  Thl* section should stats the intended
purpose of the exposure astesiment and
identify tha agent being investigated, lisa
types of sources and exposure routes
indoded. and the populations of
J.EXEEUTIVK SUMMARY
3. GENERAL INFORMATION
  •.Identity
    (1) Mo!itcsl*r formula and structure, CAS
    somber. TSL nunbtr
    (2) Description of technical grade*,
    dotilimfnintr. additives
    13) Olhcj ktaattfyins characteristics
  b. C&eaictl aad FbT^cti Propuftia
4. SOURCES
  a. CharactgrbaOoB of Redaction and
    (21 IMitribctfon fat
  c-Dtopdul
  d. Seszmuy of Eavir^touatal RalcuKj
5. EXPOSURE PATHWAYS AND
    ENVIRONMENTAL FATE
  «.Trtw«poct tod Tnosforauttoii
  b. SdtaUBoitioo of Prindp*! Pctbwayi. of
    Hxposuiv
  c. PredJctlns EmrironmenUl Distribution
8. MONITORED OR ESTIMATED    •   .'
    CONCENTRATION LEVELS       '
  a. Swnawrjr of Monitoring Data
  b. Estinuiticss of EDvirosuscnt&i
  c. Comparison of Coocsntntion Estimates
    with Monltorinx Data
7. EXPOSED POPULATIONS
  m. Mnmra PopaktiODS (SIz*. Location, and
    HabiU)
    (1J Population »Ii» and chanctariattc*
    (Z) Pojnilaacsj location
    t3)PopDktioaIuibiU
  b. NoohcmEa PopcUMccu (wbcve
    •ppropdate)
                        {£} PQJmktfea locatioa
                    & INTEGRATED EXPOSURE ANALYSIS
                      s. Ce!cj?!atioa of Espoeuia
                        (1) IdsaUScatfan and djarsstttrizaHoa of
                        the esccsacd popuiatiosss ead critical
                        •kroaate of lie ecosyatsra
                        (2) Pathways of expoe^ure
                      b. Hasaa DocisEs'jy aad Monitering
                      e. DavoJopamtt of Espo»ufa Scaiiarioa and
                      & SwJaaBoa cf Uaeartaiaiy
                    & REFERENCES
                    3. GenersI Information
                      a. Ideality, Jl) Molecular fonnula and
                    structure, synonyms. Chemical Abstract
                    Service number. Toxic Substance List
                    number.
                      (2) Description of technical grades,
                    contaminants, additivss.
                      (3} Other identifying characteristics.
                      b> Chemical and Physical Properties.
                    This sabssctioa shoiiid provide a
                    euismary description of the chemical
                    and physical properties of the agent
                    Particular attention should be paid to
                    the features that would affect its
                    behavior in the environment. Examples
                    of factors to be included are molecular
                    weight. daBsdJjf, boiling point melting
                    point, vapor pressure, solubility, pKs>
                             easlScieiJta, and half-Jivs*.
                      The points at which a hazardous
                    substance is believed to enter the
                    environment should be described, along
                    with any known rates of entry. Points of
                    entry may fcs indoors sS well as
                    outdoors, and environments include
                    indoor settings such ss offices as well as
                    outdoor environments. A detailed
                    expciura aoxeaament should include a
                    study of souroa, production, uses,
                    deatrueiiQn/dispeiaal. and environmentsl
                    release of a subatance. The studies
                    should include a description of human
                    activities with respect to the nibatanee
                    and the environmental release!) resulting •
                    from thorn activities. It should account
                    for the controlled mass Sow of the
                    substance from creation to destruction
                    and provide estimates of environmental
                    releases at each step in this flow.
                    Seasonal variations in environmental
                    releases should also be examined. All
                    sources of the substances should be
                    accounted for with the sum of the uses.
                    destruction, and -the environmental
                    releases. The environmental releases
                    can be described in terms of geographic
                    and temmtral distribution and the
                    receiving anvironmental media, with the
                    form identified at the various release
                    points.
                      a. Characterization of Production and
                    Distribution. All sources of the
                                         osGsistest with te scspa @f the
                                         assssssasafc, stewid b® issfe-ded, such as
                                        ' imports, sfe-ckpilss, tnasportation.
                                         acddental/incidsatai production as a
                                         side reaction, and natural sources. The
                                         scijrces sfaotsJ.d tea Iswcatsd, and activities
                                                                     nee
                                         should be idtjatiSsd.
                                           b. Uses. Tha SMbiisa«a should be
                                         traced from its sowras through various
                                         uses (with tothe? follaw-up on the
                                         products made I® dgienains the
                                                                      as an
                                         impurtiv], expwts, stockpile increases.
                                         etc.
                                         cantata an strafoiafdtoa of disposal sites
                                         and deairaeifosa procsases. SHch as
                                         wastes, tecteerattei of tha substance as
                                         wasia,                  ,
                                         deslnsctioss in a ma®wAasy vjsstawater
                                         treatment piaat w destruction in the
                                         process of using the end product.
                                         Hazardous contaminants of the
                                         substance may be included, and
                                         products containing the swbstancs as a
                                         contaminant may be followed from
                                                                              disposal
                                         the qua&iitigs of the substances released
                                         to the various environmastsl media.
                                         Sourcea ef rsJessa io the environment
                                         include production, us&. distribution/
                                         transport, natural sources, disposal, and
                                         contammatiou @f other products.
                                         Environmmlal rekmeas should be
                                         Extremdy «klailad escponxe estimates
                                         informatkra Stir saA 3:isaificsnt
                                         emission fisaeesa tosataoH, amount of the
                                         of tun® to esds eEwiroTKsiantal medium,
                                         source, and itwa physical and chemical
                                         form of ih« saSssteJEce being released.
                                         associated with Site, emission estimates
                                         should bs givasa. A detailed discussion
                                         of prossdwss for estimating uncertainty
                                         is presented in section ad.

                                         5. Exposure Pathways and
                                         Environxeental Fate

                                           The exposu£@ pathways section
                                         should oddrets® hs&f} & h@»rdous agent
                                         moves fern &M gsme@ tss.the exposed
                                                                  less detailed
                                         aesesammi, bmad gfi-asralSzatieus on
                                         b* msfcfes, fa &a abamace of data, e.g., for
                                                           new

-------
                                                                ZZE-13
                        •F@d®fal           I  ¥&l m. Ho. 22? •/ Friday. November 28, 1984  /  Motless
                                                                      43307
_
   \
       have to be predicted by analogy with
       data frora other substesis®*. Fats
       estimates may aiea be made by using
       models and/or iSGisitosmg data and
       laboratory-derived pseesm rat®
       coefficients. At any level of detail.
       certain pathways may fee judged
       insignficiafti sod net pjjrausd farther.
       involving eisvir®?*;. "saSal fats, ths
       sources analysis de&ribsd fsrevieusli?
       emissions to the sroiroaraefflt, amd
       possibly the locations and form si the
       emissions. The esvtesuriaantal pathways
       and fats analysis follews tins (rafcstes>63
       from its paint of IsMai^vis^Kjaeratol
       release, through fee envisesraast t@ its
       ultimate fata, It may result is an
       estimation of tha geographic sad
       temporal disidbutiQa of coaesntratkps
       of the subeiancs in the various
       contaminated envirosEaestei media.
         a. Transport and tfomfcrmatietiL Ths
      . substance, oass released te tha
       environment may ba transported {eg,
       convectsd downstream in water as OKI
       suspended sedtosat'thrmigh fee
       atmosphere, etc.) or physically
       transformed (e.g., vslstiiissd, mailed,
       absorbed/desofbsd, at&J; may undergo
                            as
       bio4sgradati@!% of easy acstimsslate im
       one or saors media. Iltua, the
       environmental behavior of a sssbsJaasa
       should be evaluated befoss expomnes
       are assessed. Factors that should bs
       addressed include:
       water, raO, ead biolegigal n^dia? D»g3
       it bioaesss'jjsls or bksdagsadsf Is it
      .environmental media.
         • Doe* the agsat rases with e&sr
       compounds in &s essvireEsm-ssat?
        , • Is there iatermedls transfer? W3i@i
       are the mechantems for saJasmeiiis
       transfer? What are the ratea of the
       intermedia transfer or reaction  •
       mechanisms?
         • How long might the agent remain in
       each environmental medium? How does
       its concentration change with time in
       each medium?
         • What are the products into which
       the agent might degrade or change in ths
       environment? Are soy of these
       degradation products ecologically or
       biologically harmful? What is ths
      -environmental behavior of the harmM
       products?
         • Is a steady-state concentration
       distribution in the enviramnent-or in
  specific g#gms55to of ths environment
  achieved? If not ess the aonsteady-
  state distribution be described?
    •  Wfes4 ie the resultant distribution in
  ths sa^iroamsnt—fc? diilerent media.
  different types or forms of ths agent for
  different gsographieal sraas. at different
  times or seseona?
    h, IcS&istificatian of Principal
  Pathways tsfExposum. Ute prineipal
                      , tsgethsr with.
  environmsntel tehavioral factors, to
  detEnaiins the significant routsa of
        and environmental exposure to
  ths substance. Thus, by .listing the
  important dssnseteriste of the
  eaviramneatai release (esstering media,
  emission rates, etc.) and the agent's
  behavior (tetsirosdia trancfer,
• 5a follow ths
  from its iisifM reslssea to its sabssquent
  fate in the savimnasnt At sny point in
  the environment human or
  environmental expcsara may occur.
  Pathways that result ia.
 U&iWfefjte, Madala may ba vasd tg>
 predict tmvironmentaS dlstributionc of
 ehemieais. Msay modeling estimates of
 environmental distribution of dtssaieais
 are bassd m part, on moniSormg data. In
 predieiifflg eotvironmeotal distributions
 of cfessBleale, available monitormg data
                                                                stesteiss of tfee
agsaS to different emrira&rasatai media.
end its tim&depe&dence in specific
fssfraphieal kteatiosa (e.g.. river basins.
streesss, etc.).
& Monitored or Estimated Concentration
Levels
  a. Summary of Monitoring Date.
Monitoring data era assd to identify
Felsasss (geurcs termsi.snd. in the
exposure pathways and fate
assisasassats, to quantitatively estimate
both release rates and environmental
conceatratioBs. Some examples of uses
of monitoring data ass: Sampling of
stacks of discharge pipes for emissions
to ths environment; testing of products
for chemical «r radionuclide content;
testing of products for chemical or
radioactive releases: sampling of
appropriate points within a
manufacturing plant to determine
Fslssssa horn, industrial processes or
praciicss; and sampling of solid waats
                                       for djssssisai G? radiomuclida coKtsat.
                                       These data shosjld bs charactaHsed as
                                       to accuracy, precision, and
                                       rsprssentativeneas. If actual
                                       environmental monitoring data are
                                       unavailable, concentrations can be
                                       estimated by vamtss means, including
                                       the use of f&t@ models (see previous
                                       section) or. in the ease of new
                                       chemicals, by analogy with existing
                                       chemicals.
                                        The analysis of monitoring data
                                       should be considered a complement to
                                       environmental pathway and fate
                                       analysis'for the following reasons: For
                                       most pollutants, particularly organic and
                                       saw cIsKisseaJs, monitoring data are
                                       n©t often yield relationships between
                                       enviroamentai releases and
                                       environmental concentration
                                       distribution in media or geographic
                                       locations tha£ hav« not bsss monitored:
                                       analysis of momitoring data does not
                                       provids iafosraiaticss on how and where
                                       biota iafluesssa the enviroamentai
                                       distribution of a pollutant: and
                                               to individual sonnjea that EPA
                                       can regulate. MoBstosmg data are,
                                             ?. a dkwgt eouras of isifofKEtioss
                                       Gots£3islmti&ii&
                                       enviromaental ns«dia that might
                                       eontribaSs to significant exposures.
                                       Generally, the envsranmemiai
                                                                                              drtfc«ttaoM
                                                                   ths
                                        may b® mqws®d, Future environmental
                                        concsateaSiosM rasultissg from current or
                                        past relsa&sa may also ba projected. In
                                        some cases, both the temporal and
                                        geographic distributions of the '
                                        concentration may ba assessed.
                                        Moreover, if the sggssS has natesi
                                        sources, the ceatribiatioa of &ess \o
                                        esswimffissBaatel sotscwatradaES may bs
                                        relevant Thsss "background"
                                                                        the
                                        toxic eJfssSs sh&w m threshold or
                                        svalsiaSed % an analysis of ths

-------
                                                           xn-i4
 463QS
Reglitef / VaL 48. No.. 22? / Friday. November 23. a@S4 /_Notiggg_
 uncertainty dtba model paxarastarz
 and inpot variabtee.- Wfaca tha satimatm
 of ibe enviroGicsiitsl craostrations arc
 based oo mattutcMtfeil raad«!s,.tha
 modal results should b« compared to
 availabls mooitarfsg data, am any
 significant dtetpanditi saotaM be
 discossid. Reliable, analyilsally-
 dttesniBad vakcs sboaM be ghras  •
 pCTcadttsst over Mttaatad values
 whenever aJgniSe?'^ **iso«2iaitdes are
 7. Exposed Fofra!atiQC3
   Populations selected fee study may be
 dona a priori, bet fretpsantly tha
 population* will b* idsatfflnd as a recall
 of the touice* aad let* stadtas, Praia as
 analysis of tha distribution of th* agant,
 populations convacted acd
 tubpopulaticm (La* collections of
 subject*} at potentially high axpiosura
 can b* identified, which will then form
 the basis for the popelaSJnns studied.
 Subpopulationa of high sensitivity, such
 as pregnant women. infanta, chronisslly
 ill, ate. may ba studied separately.
   In many cases, exposed populations
 can ba described only generally. In some
 cases, however, more speciSs
 information may ba aveilsbla on matters
.each as tha followiEg:
   «. /Sanaa Pupulattoio. (1) Populaticn
 *£s» and chsnxls?i2t!c3 (e&, trends.
 MX/OSK distribution)
   (2) Population location
   (3) Population habits— transportation
 habit*, eating habits, recreaticcal habits.
 workplaca habits, product use habits,
 ate.
   b. Nonhuman Populations (where
 appropriate). (1) Population aisa and
 ckantctariitica (eg, spcdas, trends)
   (2) Population location
   (3) Population habits
   Ctnsus and other survey data may be
 used to identify and decsriba tha
 population expoecd to varkras   •
 contaminated enviroamsatal mgdia.
 Depending on the chanctedstiei of
 available toxicologies! data, it may be
 appropriate to describe tha exposed
 population by other characteristics such
 as species, race-age-sex distribution,
 and health status.

 8. Integrated Exposure Analysis
  The integrated exposure analysis
 combines the estimation of
 environmental concentrations (sources
 and fate information)' with the
 description of the exposed population to
 yield exposure profiles. Data should be
 provided on the size of the exposed
 populations; duration, frequency, and
 intensity of exposure: and routes of
 exposure. Exposures should be related
 to source*.
              F@r raora dstsilsd a«E8« smaats, tha
            £sfeHst$si ffiavireazseate! earassateattas
            sbsnH ba eoscidorad in eonJuB^tion
            with &a geographic distribution of ths
            humaa aed esvfooamenial populations.
            Ths b@hxvterai aod biological
            chajsctsjistfes of the exposed
            popnlatiffing should be soiiEidered and
            tfca exposiCBS of populatsKas to parimss
            esaceatra&oa profiles shcuSd be
            «9t!mated.T&9 results can ba prsseoted
            in tabular or graphic fesis, and ea
            •ttttmate of tha u&certain^ aosocaated
            with them should be provided,
              a. Calculations afSxponurs* Tha
            cufea/Gfeai ofztfpsiurs involves two
            am/of aspects:
              (1) MsatiSeatioa of the Exposed
            Population and Critical ElccoBssts of tha
            Ecosystem
                                                                                                    i are
                  trations also should give the
            gBOgrahlc@l -r^aaa ejad enviroamental
            madia contaminated. The stated purpose
            o&tha assessment should have
            prsssrifoed the humoia and
            environmental subjects for which
            exposures are to be calculated. If the
            subjects are not listed, thsi contaminated
            geograpoisal areas and environmental
            media can be evaluated to determine
            subject populations. Tho dsgras of detail
            to ba usad in defimag the exposed
            pspaiifiaa distribntioa depends on tha
            ccEct'steaJioa gradteat over geographic
            areas,
              (2) IdsaUBcatiera of patliways of
           "exposure.
              {&} IdantiBcation and description of
            the routes by which ths substances
            travel from production sits, through
            uses, through environmental releases/
            sources, through transport and fate
            prccessea, to ths target population.
              (b) Quantitative estimates of the
            amounts of the chemical following each
            exposure-pathway. Such nstimates allow
            the various pathways to b« pat ia tho
            perspective of relative impcrtancs.
              From the geogrpabic and tempral
            distribution of environmental
            concentrations, the exposed population,
            the behavioral characteriotics, and the
            critical elements of the ecosystem.
            exposure distributions can be estimated.
            The results of exposure calculation
            should be presented in a format that is
            consistent with the requirements of the
            dose-response functions which may
            later be used in a risk assessment For
            example, when health risks caused by
            exposure over extended durations are
            considered, average daily exposure over
            th°> ^'-ratfosi of exposure usually is
            calculated, When lifetime risks are
            considered, average daily exposure over
            a lifetime usually is calculated. In
            contrast, when health risks caused by
            exposures over short durations are
Many
                               to
              assessments ess b@sed
   axperara pmaa, xns ranga of
   sibJa exfjfflsaraa is usually divided
into iaten'als, and tha exposures within
each iaterrai am sossated, The resaslts
  Tha pcspffiktta rsidding in a. specific
gaegfapMs ajsa may fe® exposed to a
aufcstaiE'Es tern several exposuire routes.
For esefe exposure routs, exposure of
{Estivideai? izs these populations may be
            f snramiag the contribution
expSMfe route, the relative amounts of
& BfsbeiajEB® sterbed is usually route
depeadsat. GraEeqciaEttly, total
absorbed sisss estimates must
for the» dMfarcissas. Bscaiiss EPA
ccatributioia to exposures from each
type of source being coaasdersd should
be displayed. Exposwre estimateai should
be presented for each significant
exposure route (Le,. those routes
consistent with te regulatory purpose),
and ths raralta flfecsald be tabulated in
   h a imy fe,
and abeoTbed tiasa csa ba determinsd.
  b. Hv-ssrn Bosisi-s&y' and Monitoring.
Bioiogicai swgmitoriEg of human body
Quids and ttenes for substancBs OF their
metabolites cms be used to estimate
current or past exposure to chemicals.
When analytical rasthcds are available,
chemicals tfeat hav@ been absorbed into
the body cam ba measured in body
tissue m& Ssssd. Suck measurements can
be ua@d to estJiaates exposure. However,
the a«ib@taK@a to which humans are
degrea to wMch they leava in the body
FurthssB^m. ftltfesagfe a compound may
be relatfvelf aasy to detect in body
tissue. Far s&am compounds, ettributimg
body bordana to ^specific environmental
releases may be difficult because of
limited ability to obtain environmental
monitoring data.
  & Development of Exposure Scenarios
and Profiles. Depending on the scope of
the exposure assessment the totai
exposure may be fractionated into one
or more "exposure scenarios" to
facilitate qsiSHKiScaSioa, As am example.
Table 1 lists savsn very broad scenarios:
     '
Transpcsstatifflia, Disposal, Food, Drinking
Water, essd Atabserai. For each of the
scenarioa. tha major topics necessary to
quantify saqsosasre issduds sousr.es,

-------
                                                          m-15

                                    /..VoL 49, No.. 22?  /  Friday,  November 23.  1984 / Notices
scenario rasy be aseessary fa? ths seeps   sddrass the .exposure to applicators and   assessment also -may consider other
ofsoiE8assss«!m®at*.F®r«?tarapl»,®      populations ia the vicinity of the site. Aa  scenarios. The more extensive and
pestteid® application expssw            asspssarB assessment smsnd a           comprehensive ths ssope, the morg
                                       Imardsus'wasta site may foeus on the    scenarios ara usually involved.

                                 I. SXPSSM^ Asssssa«a«T'Rteeis Fras VAI^SUS 'EXPOSUKE SCENASSCS
      fef*
                                                                     Weatera.
                                                                      estes

                                                                     Csnai
                                                       teta  e>
                                              Ffesa ossss
                                                            fee tfesfcg
                                                                     Woitara 
-------
                                                              IZI-16
4S310
                   Federal Ragtste / VoL 43.  No. 227 / Friday, November 23, 1984 / Notions
                   muBajsaci. ....... - * ..... . .. ...... tiirsaSMcciasf ^nimmmm-iaiamiia
  that no strictly valid statistical
  Inferences can be mad* beyond the
  units actaally in the sample is one
  aspect of tb« characterization of
  unctrtaiaty. If infereaca procedures a»
  impkaumttd. the assumption* upon
  which these inferences ara hssad (e.g,
  treatment of the sample as if it was a
  shnpfa random sample. or aeaimjsMan of
  an tmdcrfying modal) should be
          stated and justified. The data
         a methods ar d inheraat
 BtattattenrftiM otta wxwM also ba
 dli
   An initial exposure assessment else
 may be based upon limited data, such as
 estimated ranges, for input variables for
: an exposure pceiliction model. Tne
 expostas prodktioa awdel would b*
 dcrivad from a pestniated exposure
 scenario that describes the pathways
 from sources to contact with population
 members. If the data were only
 sufficient to support estimates of the
 ranges of tha input variables, tha
 exposure aeaeaemeat might be limited to
 a sensitivity analysis. The purpose of
 the Mtssitivity analysis would be to
 identify inflnrntial model input
 variables and develop bounds on the
 distribution of exposure. A sensitivity
 analysis would estimate the range of
       r*s that would result as
       ml TTtftdrii input variables vtmm
                * yajtiei with tfeg OtheT
          pQf
 mpot variables heM at fixed vaJtssa. fcg=,
 their midrangtts. The ovemil minimyiq
 and maximum possible exposures
 tunzally would be estimated also. For as
 exposure assessment of this type, the
 uncertainty would be characterized by
 describing the limitations of the duta
 used to estimate plausible ranges of
 model input variables and by discussing
 jnstincatioa for the modal Justification
description- of tha exposure scanaria
choke of model input variables, and the
fimnttonal form of the mocleL Sensitivity
to tha model formnlatioa also can be
investigated by replicating the
sensitivity analysis for plausible
alternative models.
  If the maximum possible exposure
estimated by the sensitivity analysis   •
presented no significant health risk.
then might be no need to refine the
assessment If both the minimum and
maximum exposures presented a
potentially significant health risk, it
would be known that the exposure
scenario represented a significant health
problem without refining the
assessment. When the minimum
exposure estimate does not present a
potentially significant health risk and
maximum dose, then greater importance
                                      is placed oa choosing a summary
                                      parameter of th@ exposure distribution
                                      (e.g_ the issaa or pe/centila) as the basis
                                      for a regulatory decision. Refining tha
                                      exponira assessment to estimate the
                                      distribution of exposure permits
                                      selection of any summary parameter
                                      (minimum, maximum, mean, or
                                      parc-sattla. etc.) as the basis for
                                      regulatory decision.
                                        Tha sensitivity analysis ftaa be
                                      enhanced by computing thtt predicted-
                                      axposusas mat result from all possible
                                      feyrat variable combinations, If each
                                      input variable baa only a Suite set of
                                      possible values, th® set of «dl possible
                                      combinetions of the input variables can
                                      be formed, and ths predicted exposure
                                      con ba computed uff each cxsmbinatiosi.
                                      These exposure prediction!) can be used
                                      to form a distribution of exposures by
                                      counting the number of occurrences of
                                      each exposure level or Iniarval of
                                      exposures. This is equivalent to
                                      estimating ths dintribiation of exposures
                                      tSat results from treating all input
                                      variable combinations as equally likely.
                                      This procedure can also be applied by
                                      discretizing continuous input variables
                                      and representing them by equally-
                                      spaced points. In the limit, as the equal
                                      spaces become small and the number of
                                      points becomes large, the distribution of
                                      expeaare that results from counting
                                      osssspisassii of exposure levels is
                                      equivelsstt to estimating thsi distribution
                                      of Rjspesares that jsmslta fasm
                                                            continuous
                                     input variables with unifonn
                                     diatribai'dans.on the estimated ranges.
                                     This estimated distribution of exposure
                                     values can be produced by the methods
                                     of mathematical statistics or Monte
                                     Carlo simulation. The Monte Carlo
                                     method consists of randomly generating
                                     input variate values and using these to
                                     compute cczTSsponduig exposure levels,
                                     generating an exposure distribution via
                                     many iterations. Interpretation of
                                     statistics based upon this exposure
                                     distribution would be in terras of the
                                     equally likely input variable   .
                                     combinations. For example, the 95th
                                     psrcentile  of this distribution would be
                                    ' tha exposure level excoeded by only 5%
                                     of the exposures resulting from treating
                                     all combinations of input variable
                                     values as equally likely. Although this
                                     distribution of exposures cannot be
                                     interpreted as an estimate of the
                                     population distribution (unless the input
                                     variables actually are statistically
                                     independent and uniformly distributed).
                                     it provides additional information for
                                     making regulatory decision*.
                                     Characterization of uncertainty would
                                     include a discussion of limitations of the
                                     date and juatificatios for tha modal as
              s. Sscsitivity
              id alaa ba. io
 by estimating the distribution of
 ssms uuiftsrra input variable
 distributioQg with plausible alternative
  odels sad comparing the estimated
   (3) Asmssmsnis Based Upt?n:
 Subjective Estimates of Input Vacicbh
 DisSribuHaiu. If & model has been   •'  ''
                   3ss»3 exposure as a
 ftrncJte of one or mam input variables,
 the methods of mathematical statistics
 or Moats Carlo simulation can be used
 to estimate the population distribution
 of expsswi from an estimate of the joint
 distribution of the modal input
 variables. Ideally mode! input ifarisbbs
 should b® rspreranted by empirically
 validated probability distributioas. In
 some cases, it may fee possible to
 formulate an estimate of the joint
 distribution of model input variables ,
 from discacsiena with s^bjadt-matter
 experts (&g^ via histograms for
 statisticsUy-independeeit input
 variables). The Estimated popalatisa
 distribtitimi of exposure will be
 equivalent t© the difltribution discussed
 in section & d. (2) for equally likely
 combinations of input variable values
 only whera tha input variabla
                                                                             ufeiform diatdbutioaa. Wtera 
population members. The population
distribution of exposure can then be •••
estimated by computing the expected
exposure for each sampk member based
upon tha medal These expected
exposures can bs med to directly
compwSa csitfidsEaa interval estimates
for pereantiies of the exposure

-------
                                                         m-17
7 .
                                              ' No. .227 7 Friday. November -23. ,1884    Notices
distribution. Alternatively, the sample
survey data can ba used to compute
joint confidence iniarvai estimates for
percentiles of the input variable
distribution, which can then bs used to
generate confidence interval estimates
for pereentiles of th* exposure
distribution. In either case, ths interval
estimates for peraantites of the exposure
distribution are a-uscful quantitative
characterization of sr ^griainty.
  Characterization of testriaiEty fe? the
thorough discussion of limitations of the
data and justification fo? the model used
to compute expected exposures. The
design of ths sample sarysy used to
produce the data basa should alse be
discussed. If a probability sample w«e
not used, the lack of a probability
sample would be aa additional source of
uncertainty. Any assumptions- ussd in
computing the confidence interval
estimates, such as independence of
model input variables, should be
explicitly stated aad justified.
Sensitivity to model formulation can be
investigated by estimating the
distribution of exposure for plausible
alternative models and comparing the
estimated percentilea, if sample survey
data have bean collected fo? ths
   variables of the alternative.models.
   Appropriate available data for exposure
   should be used to validate the predicted
   distribution-of exposure. If specific
   probability distributions have been
   presumed for any model input variables.
   the data for these-variables should be
   used to test for.goodness -.of. fit fcr.these
   distributions.
     (SJ Assessments Based Upon Data for
   Exp&surs, A major reduction in the
   tmssstalnty associated with an exposure
   assessment can be achieved by directly
   measuring the exposure for a sufficiently
   large sample of members of the affected
   population. This reduction in
   uncertainty U achieved by eliminating
   the us® of a model to predict exposure.
   The measured exposure levels can be
   used to directly estimate the population
   distribution of exposure and .confidence
   interval estimates for percentiles of the
   exposure distribution. Direct confidence
   Interval estimates also can be computed
   for other characteristics of ths exposure
   distribution, such as the mean exposure.
     These confidence interval estimates
   are then the primary characterization of
   uncertainty for the exposure
   assessment Limitations of the data and
   design of the sample survey used to
   ealk-ei tha data also should be
discussed. If the ssmpl® was not a
probability sample, this would again 'be
an additional-sourceof uncertainty.
  (8J Summary. AiSuramsry of ths
'primary-methods recommended for
characterising uncertainty'-in exposure
assessments is presented in Table 2.
Virtually all exposure -assessments..
except those based upon measured
of population members, rely upon.a
model to predict exposure. The model
may be any mathematical function.
.simple or complex, that expresses an
individual's exposure as a function of
one .or more input variables. Whenever
a model that has not been validated is
used as the basis for an exposure
.assessment, the uncertainty associated
with the exposure assessment may be
substantial. Th@ primary
characterization of uncertainty is at
least partly qualitative in this case, i.e.,
it includes a description of ths
assumptions inherent in the'model and
their justification. Plausible alternative
models should be discussed. Sensitivity
of the exposure assessment to model
formulation can be investigated by
replicating the assessment for plausible
alternative models.
       msaema tor • itflo sssa&a
                                                           . LMMfena ol
              lot a
                              fnfifca eig, masn a
                                                   1. fesAfeita taS!OT»3 ssftnwi
                                                    SOT at !ft» BUJSKra tSuriajBcra.
                                                   2. G««3TOiS 
-------
46332
                                   • inc-ia

Federal Register / VoL 40. No. 227 / Friday, November 23. 1984 / Notices
  The appendices may contain sncfa
items as memoranda ead letters that ate
notzsadily accessible, other tables of
monitoring data, detailed lists of
smiisioo sources, detailed tables of
exposures, process flow diagrams.
nutHynjjtfc-flt modri £onaulatioos« or
any other item Oat may be Deeded to
describe or docomeist the ejqmsote

-------
111-19
              1SS4
    Part VII



    Environmental

    Protection Agency
                    ^^•r    &'->

    Propo«8d Quideffniea for Cardnogait RfsSc
    Asa«»sm«flt; Request for Commants

-------
  4623*
Fgd»ai
                     IXI-20
/ VoL 49. No. JB7 / Friday. November 23. 1984 / Noticss
  AGENCY
                                        b* followed iu developing analyses of
 " Proposed Cfejfcfaiwa for CarctefKi

  Alamos EBviroaniantil Protection
  ACTXMI: Anpoeed Gaidetow for
  C«K±aogta Risk Aractaamt and
  KatJOBSt fcf
  Guideline* for Cardn<>§ea Risk
            t (Guidal&im). Theso
            «a ptopcgad for on within
 provided by thavariaQS statute that
 EPA administer* to guide Agency   •
 analysis of cardnogenkity data. We
 solicit public comment and will toka
 pabllc commeat into account in revising
 tfaeta Guidelines. Thssa Guidelines will
 be xeviewed by tha Science Advisory
 Board in meetingi now tentatively
 scheduled for April 1985.
   The** proposed Guidelines were
 developed as part of a broad guidelines
 development program under the
 auspices of the Office of Health acd
 Environmental Assessment (OHEA).
 Iocs tad in tha Agency's Office of
 Research and Devalopsicat ConKnint
 with tha role of OHEA's Cardoogea
 Awesinsant Group (CAGJaa the
 Agency's senior health committee, for
 cardnogenidty assessment, the
 Guidelines wera developed by an
 Agency-wide working group chaired by
 the Chairman of CAG.
 DATK Comments meat be postmarked
 by January 22, 19BS.
 ADOMESS: Comments may be mailed or
 delivered to: Dr. Robert McGaughy.
 Cardnogm Atscseneat Group (RD-
 888); Office of Health and
 Environmental Assessment, US.
 Environmental Protection Agency, 401 M
 Street SW, Washington. D.C. 2M3G.
 pen fwmiEit mpmmxnott eem-Acr:
 Dr. Robert McGaughy, Telephone: 202-
 382-5852.
the first proposed revision of the 1978 •
Interim Procedures and Guideline* for
the Health Risk Assessment of
Suspected Carcinogens (Federal
Register 41SM02-2M05, 107BJ. This
revision incorporates concepts and
approaches to carcinogen assessment
that have been developed during the hist
eight years. Thesa proposed revised
Guidelines describe salient principles
for evaluating the nature and magnitude
of the cancer hazard from suspect
carcinogens and general framework to
     Thee* Guidelines were sent to 38
   scientists ia the field of cardnogenesis
   from caive?dt?6», environmental groupc.
   industry, labor, and governmental
   agsadea. Wa have dijcidisd to delay
   inoozporating suggestions from the 23
   reviewm who submitted comments into
   tha GuMolinoa published here until
          is submitted during this public
           period are raseivod.
    • Refeeaces end supporting docomentc
                    Guidelines as well as comments
                    received ars availabla {bi; inspection
                    and copying at the Public Information '
                    Rsfewnet Unit (202-382-4S929). SPA
                    Headquarter* Ubrary. 401M Street SW...
                    Washington, DC between the hours of
                    &CO and 430p.m.
                     •Dated: Nownmbar 9,188*.
  Ad-Siinisipatsf.
  H. Hazard Ideatificstkm (Quniitativa Ride
     Assessment)
    A. Overview
    a ElemtmtB of Hasard Ideatification
     1. Phy«Jc«l-On>giical Properties «nd
     Reat» tad Ptttenia of Expooiirs
     4. Tajdeotogle Effects
     ft. Laaf-Tesm Animal Studies
     7. Human Studies
    C. Weight of Evideoca
    D. Guidaoc* for Quantitative AuMsunent
    E. Summary and Ctmcliuioa
  m. Dos^RsspsnsivB AescstnianJ, Exposure
     Am-xxsoat. and Kiak dieneterieitiaa
      .
     3. CboieB of Msthsnatiatl Extrapolatiea
     Model
     3. Equivakxit Expoeas* UalU ABEOBS
     Specie*
   B. Exposure Ascnomaat
   C Risk Charaetarisation
     1. Opaosa Jw Numerical !Rlik EitiiniUes
     2. Coacoszeat Expocuia i
     3. Summary of Risk Characterization
 IV. Appendix EPA aawificatlon Syatam for ,
     Evideaca of Cartinogeocity From Human
     Studies «nd From Animal Studies
 V. Rofereacs*             '

 L Introductioa
   This is the first revision of the 1978
 Interim Procedures and Guideline* for
 Health Risk Assessments of Suspected
 Carcinogens (U.S. EPA, 1976; Albert et
 aL. 1977). The impetus for this revision is
 die >iced to incorporate into these
 Guidelines the concepts and approaches
 to carcinogen risk assessment that hays
 been developed during the last eight
'years. The purpose of these Guidelines
                                                          is to promote quality and consistency of
                                                          carcinogen risk aasmsmsnts within the
                                                          EPA and to infosra those outside the
                                                          EPA about its approach to csrdnograt
                                                          risk asaetament These Guidelines
                                                          emphasisa the feraed btat essential
                                                          aspaete of nak assessment that are
                                                          needed by the esspatte in the various
                                                          diacipJiESS required (&g« toxicology,
                                                          pstfeetegy, phaffiaG®legy, and statistics)
                                                            r casetaogen araassraezt Guidamae is
of cardnsfpaesia is ia a state of rapid
advBEcasmat. and ©vei-ly specific
approaches may rapidly become

  Yaesa Guidelines describe the general
                                        en analysis of cardnogenis risk and
                                        earns salient principles to be weed in
                                                          oatea and m^agaiteds of the cancer
                                                          hazard ftsam suspect cardnogenti.
                                                           A summary of ilss current stats of
                                                          and a statement of broad scientific
                                                          prindples of cardnogsn risk
                                                          assessment, which, was developed by
                                                          the Office of Science and Technology
                                                          Policy (OSTP, 1384), forms an important
                                                          basis for tags® Guidelines; the format of
                                                          thesa Gaidsiinaa to similar to that
                                                          proposed by the National Research
                                                          Coundi (NRG) of the National Academy
                                                          of Sdeffisw ia a report entitled "Rick
                                                          Assessment in the Federal Government"
                                                          (NRC.1883).
                                                           These Guidelines are to be used
                                                          within the policy framework already
                                                          provided by applicable EPA statutes
                                                          and do not alter such policies. These
                                                          Guidelines providegeneral directions
                                                         for analyzing and organizing available
                                                         data.- They do not imply that one kind of
                                                         data or another is a prerequisite for
                                                         regulatory strife to control, prohibit, or
                                                         allow the use of a cardnogea. The
                                                         •analysis of cardaogssie risks will be
                                                         carried cut indapeBdendy from
                                                         Gossaidemtiooa of fee sodoacosicmis .
                                                         'consequences of regulatory action.
                                                           Regulatory dedsionmaking involves
                                                         two components: Risk assessment and
                                                         risk managameat Risk assessment
                                                         defines the adverse health consequences
                                                         of exposure to toxic agents; risk
                                                         management combines the risk
                                                         assessment with the directives of the
                                                         enabling regulatory legislation, together
                                                         with aodoecoeomic, technical, political.
                                                         and other considerations, to reach a
                                                         decision as to whether or how much to
                                                         control future exposure'to the suspected
                                                         toxic agsnts,
                                                           Risk aextmrcrat includes one or more
                                                         of the foUowwfg components: hazard
                                                         identification, dose-response

-------
                   Fssteai          / Vol. <& *jfe; jjg/ .^^'j^g"^.^*?8**^..
 riak charactadsafesi (NRG. 1SS3J.
   Hazard idaaMSestSsa is & qaaMtatlva
 process of
 exposure to aa agsaS hsd the pstessfSsI t©
 inenus the incidence of cause?.
 and benign tososs sss used is -.the
 qualitatively aasr,-*at 4a question-of     aL, tsm Maaiasi 1^0; Maeta! ead
                                       IbensaaL
                                                              ^USfe-FMo-At:.   «vid«te8:of.'e«ciao|eaid4Fani.m«3r^
   Traditionally, goaatitatfere riek
 assessment has basa lisas! as sa
 inshisiv® torn to dsesibs fiS eg pasts of.
 doee°neapons@ -aaeassssisat, ascpaaws
 Cssts? for T»fTD or partial SifsissBS eszpossjaa
toxidty, or if azrireal si
testing prodmastiaaofiiesponaaa by
ladfrggj mes^8si!iEi3!S:iljs? may te

-------
                                                               111-22
46296
Fadetal Register  /  VoL 49,' No. 227' /
 tmrelated to effects at low*? doss should
 b* dealt with on an individual basis.
< The mechanism of the cananoggnic
 responses under condition* of the
 experiment should be reviewed
 canfuQy a* it relates to tha relevance of
 tha evidence to human carcinogenic
 risks (•*, th* oecawence of bladder
 tenors in the presence of bladder stones
 and Infection «it» sarcomas).
 Interpretation ofanK^l studies is aided
 by to* review of target organ toxidty
 and oth«f effects (e#, dbangea in tha
 teaum* and endocrine systems) that
 may bo noted in ptechronic or other
 toxlcclcgical stedies. Tims and does-
 related changes in the incidence of
 pmntopltstic ksteas may alao be
 Helpful in intexpraiiiig animal studies.
  Historical control data are often
 whiable and ccaM be used along with
 eonctBTent control data ia the
 evaluation of carcinogenic responses.
 Forth* evaloatfott of ran tenors, evea
 small tame* rtsponsn* may be
 significant compared to historical data.
 In the case of tamora with relatively
 high spontaneous rates, a response that
 is significant with respect to the
 experimental control group becomes
 Questionable if tha historical control
 data indicate that tha ^«p<»T"ti»n«al
 control group had an nmtiniUy low
  Afsnni that a» podtiva ia long- tena
^tfmyt experinrmU and also show
evidence of promoting or cocarcingenfc
activity in specialized tests should be
considered as complete carcinogens
unless there is evidence to the contrary.
Agents that show positive results in
special tests foe initiation, promotion, or
coc>rrfTtgiff'W*y «TUJ no indication of
tancr respcnsa in well-conducted and
well-designed long-tenn «»i™«l studies
should b« dealt with oa an individual
basis.
  Thera are widely diverging scientific
views (O3TP. MS* Ward et aL lB79a;
MTBkTomatis, 1877i Natrition
Foundation. 1883) about tfaa validity of
mouse liver taaora when such tumors •
occur hi strain* with high spontaneous
background incidence and when they
constitute the only tumor response to an
agent These Guidelines take the
position that the mouse-liver-only tumor
response, when other conditions for a
classification of "sufficient" evidence in
animal studies are met, should be
considered as "sufficient" evidence of
cardnogenitity with the understanding
that this classification could be  changed
to "limited" if warranted when a
number of factors such as the following
ant observed: The occurrence of tumors
only in the highest dose group and/or
only at the end of the study; no
substantial dose-related increase in the
                    proportion of turners that are malignant:
                    the occumnca of tumors that are
                    predominately benign, showing no
                    evidence of matastaaes or invasion: no
                    doss-related shortening of the time to
                    the appearance of tumors: negative or
                    inconclusive results from a spectrum of
                    short-tram tests for muteganic activity;
                    the occurrense of excess tumors only in
                    a single sex.
                      Positive carcinogenic responses in one
                    spsdes/sirain/sex ere not gOneraUy
                    negated by negative results in other
                    spedes/strain/isx. Replicate nsgative
                    studies that are essentially identical in
                    all other respects to a positive study •
                    may indicate that the positive results
                    ore spurious.
                      Evidence for carcinogenic action
                    should ba based  on the observations of
                    statistically significant tumor responses
                    in specific organs or tissues.
                    Appropriate statistical analysis should
                    be performed on data from long-term
                    studies to help determine whether the
                    effects are treatment-related or possibly
                    due to chance. These should at least
                    include a statistical test for trend.
                    including appropriate correction for
                    differences in survival The weight to be
                    given to the level of statistical
                    significance (the p-value) and to other
                    available pieces  of informatics is a
                    matter of overall scientific judgment A •
                    statistically significant excefls of tosiors
                    of ail typos in tfea aggregate, in the
                    absence of * statistically significant
                    increase of any individual tumor type
                    should be regarded as minimal evidence
                    of carcinogenic action unlesii there are
                    persuasive reasons to the contrary.

                    7. Human Studies
                      Epidsmiologic studies provide unique
                    information about the response of
                    humans who have-been exposed to
                    suspect carcinogens. Descriptive
                    epidemiologic studies are useful in
                    generating hypotheses and providing
                    supporting data,  but can raroly be used
                    to make a causal inference. Analytical
                    epidemiologic studies of the case-control
                    or cohort variety, on the othar hand, are
                    especially useful in assessing risks to
                    exposed humans.
                      Criteria for the adequacy of
                    epidemiologic studies are  well
                    recognized and include factors such as
                    the proper selection and
                    characterization of exposed and control
                    groups, the adequacy of duration and
                    quality of follow-up, the proper
                    identification and characterization of
                    confounding factors and bias, the
                    appropriate consideration of latency
                    effects, and the valid ascertainment of
                    the causes of morbidity and death.
                      The strength of the epidemiologies}
                    evidence for cardnogenicity depends on
fee magnitude, specificity, and
statistical significance of the response
sffid fecreassa rapidly with the number
                            'the
  It shsaM iis »o>gntai that
epidesaioisgie studies ara inherently
capable of d@teefiisg ooly comparatively
large increases in t&s raktive risk of
cancsr. Negative $w«!ts feesm such
studies cannot prov@ the absence of
cardnogenie action: however, negative
results from a wall-designed and
conducted epidemiologic study that
contains Esabk i»:p«irar@ data can serve
to define uppw limits of risk which are
useful if animal evidence indicates thai
C. Wslght of Evident®
  Evideaes of possible
in humane s&mes primarily from two
sources: LoEg-teraa animal teats-and
epidemidbgic iavsstigaMona. Results
from tfeecis studies are supplemented
with information from short-term tests,
pharmacokinetic studies, comparative
metabolism studies, structure-activity
relationships, and other relevant
toxicologie studies. Tha question of how
Judgment Judgments about &
-------
                                                          XH-23
                                    / VoL 48. No. 22? / Friday. November 2& 18ft>  /
 thecharaetsnsaStesaf t&sswsfall
 weight of evidsssa fc? ssmasssafe
 (animal human, and oths? gupptstlive
 to Harness? Ckoop B-=Prei8ably
 Cardnogeaie to Hammst C~-3?ossibly
 CaKctoQ§e£iss to Humes® Group B—Mot
 Qascifisble as to HSSESS
 CareifflogcnicJJ^ sad Grasp ®=-?fo
 Evidence of Csrtii&sgsiiieity for
 Humans.
  la addition, tha fallowing
 modifications of tSa® IASC appsoads
 have bean mad® for classifying hssmas
 and animal studies. For Snussst atediess
 should bs ikctamd into Iks dos@»
 fsapaass assessment The appropriate
 ajeshcd of extrapolation should be
 factored M when the experimental route
 inhumane,
   Agents thai-ant judged ts be is the
 Groups A arad 8 t-sfooUI fes regarded
           tas risks Sross agaits far
 GTSHJS C. spscsSeasHy tfeess afants that
 ass at the bsEssdjsry of Groups C end 0.
 weald bajadged oa a sa«a-by-cssa
and life-thfsatsaiajj fesiiga •
humans is inehided 5a the evalaatfess of
risks to humane. (2| A "a© svfdeacsw
category is addsd, TMs category
indicates that no assodatlGn was fosnd *
                   1 fes^^^^d risk of
 cancer in wsE-eeadHGted, weU-d^iigB^.
 independent analytical epidssaiolGgiG
 studies. For animal studies: (1] As
 and malignant tomors will bs
 considered to provide sufUdeat
 evidence of csfdn^snMt? if ths estte1
  Use samraarf afeassld prsxssit ai! of the
 key Ondisgs in cHof 4a« sactiems a? th«
 qoaHSaiive ssasssmeal and te
 fatsrpjettv® ratissiais that fonna the
 basis for ths essctesios. Ihiceriainties
 in the evidese® as wall as foetoss that
 may aS&KJ the reievanea of the chronic
 animal study ta humans shmiM be
              coadusJea-sksuid
• unless tiss bssi^a tssisa sss nst
 conafcierad to feivs fits potential fa
 of the same mofpholofjie typa. (2| As
 increased iseJdezres of bsai^s Snaors
 alone as "limited" evidrazcis of
 carcinogenMSy Is edifed. |3) Ifedar
                                                    ssmaat and Sisfc
                   ting the
                     :of a snbalassca
             lectcd, evaiuatsd, and
 productioeof
 high spoB
 •*Mnsitcd" if wssffset&d (a.g, &^a
 widely
 regardi^ the validity
 tumors as an indie
 human cardnogeaicity wfecT3 8Ms fe
 only response obssavtal, «v,-5g la
 replicated expesnsaata, sa ths ates3B3S
 of other short-to^a evidencsj. (•§) A "no
 evidence" category is-alss added. This
 operational category would iaduda
 substances for which there is no
 increased inejdeoca of neoplasms to at
 least two weil-designsd es«S weJi-  .
 conducted animal etudiea 
                                                                             in uptake. BWtBOoBsm.-aad orgaa
                                                                             distribtition of carsta^essa, as well as
                                       sits
                                       are variabls.wife rsspsct to gssis.tis
                                                                             undeHies te.qnantitatritt risk estimates.

                                                                             .4. D&&e-&ssp&ii8ff. Aaaeasmeni

                                                                             t. SelectioR -of Dsta

                                                                               Asfe
                                                       ete,} ta -the ataSfefiea.cs
                                                                             detemiiaed by ths quality of &@ data, its
                                                                             rsisvsaca to human mode® of expesssns,
                                                                             and oihe? technical details.

-------
                                                             Ill-:
 48298
                                            •• U.J

F«defal Rggfcte? /VoL49, No. 227 / Mday. Novmto
  If available, estimates basad upon
human epldemiologk! data are praferrsd.
If adequate exposure data exist in a vrall-
detifoed and conducted negative
epidemlolDgic study, an upper-bound
aaifmat* of risk shookl b* used in
preference to higher risks estimated
from animal data. In tfaaabeESca of
human data, data from a spades that
responds moat like humans should be
used, if Information to this effect exists.
Where, fora given e^ont several
stadias are available -.Thlch may involve
different animal spsefss. strains, and
sexas, at several doMS and by different
mates of exposure, the following
approach to selecting the-data sets is
used. The tumor inddimca data are
separated according to organ site and
tamor type. All biologically and
statistically acceptable data sets are
presented. The range of the risk
estimates is  identified with dcs regard
to biological rekvanca (particularly in
the case of animal studies) and
appropriateness of route of exposure.
Because it is possible that human
sensitivity is as high aa the most
sensitive responding animal species, in
.the absence of evidence to the
contrary, the biologically acceptable
data set from long-term animal studies
showing the greatest sensitivity should .
generally be given tha greatest
^fppTmK*, again with do* regard to
biological and statistical, considerations.
  When tha exposure route in the   •
species from which the doss-response
information is obtained differs from the
route occurring in environmental
exposures, uncertainties about the dose
delivered to the targot organs from
different exposure media should be
explicitly considered, and the
assumptions should be carefully stated.
  When two at more significantly
elevated honor sites or types ere
observed in tha same study,
extrapolations may be conducted on
selected sites or types. Thasa selections
win be made on biological grounds. To
obtain a total estimate of carcinogenic
risk, animals with one or more tumor
sites or types showing significantly
elevated tumor incidence should be
pooled and used for extrapolation; if the
tumor sites or types are occurring
idependently, this procedure is the same
as summing the risks from the several
kinds of statistically significant tumors.
The pooled estimates will generally be
used in preference to risk estimates
based on single sites or types.
  Benign tumors should generally be
combined with malignant tumors for risk
estimates unless the benign tumors are
not considered to have the potential to
progress to the associated malignancies
                    of thfteama morphologic type. However.
                    the comttiiffltica of the bsaijpj tumors to
                    the total risk should ba indicated.
                    2. Choice of Mathematical Extrapolatiosi
                    Medel
                      Since risks a4 low exposure levels
                    cannot be measured dirccilSy either by
                    . animal experiments or by .epidemiologSc
                    studies, a number of mathsmatical
                    models have been developed to
                    extrapolate from high to low dose.
                    However, different extrapolation models
                    may St the observed data reasonably
                    well but may lead to large differences in
                    the projected risk at low doses.
                      No single mathematical procedure is  .
                    recognized aa the most appropriate for
                    low-dose extrapolation in
                                 t When relevant
                    biological evidence on mechanism of
                    action exists, the models or procedures
                    employed should be consistent with the
                    evidence. However, when data and
                    information are limited, an to the usual
                    case given the high degree of
                    uncertainty associated with the
                    selection of a low-dose extrapolation
                    model, specific guidance en model
                    selection is necessary to provide* a
                    desirable degree of consistency in risk
                    assessments. The choice of low-dose
                    extrapolation models should be
                    consistent with current understanding of
                    not soialy sa goodness of 04 to-the
                    obsfwred tumor dataujnltkough
                    T^Hjjehaniaaiia of the carcSnogffinesis
                    process are largely unknown, at least
                    some elements of the process have been
                    elucidated, e.g* linearity of tumor
                    initiation. In further support of a linear
                    model, it has been shown that, if a
                    carcinogenic agent acts by accelerating
                    the same stages of tha carcinogenic
                    process that lead to the background
                    occurrence of cancer, the added effect of
                    the carcinogen at low dcas is virtually
                    linear. Thus, a model that is linear at
                    low dose is plausible.
                      The linearized multistage model
                    procedure for low-dose extrapolation
                    (U.S. EPA. 1880) is therefore
                    recommended in most cases unless there
                    is evidence on cardnogenesis
                    mechanisms or other biological evidence
                    that indicates the greater suitability of
                    an alternative extrapolation model, or
                    there is statistical or biological evidence
                    that exdudes the use of the linearized
                    multistage model.
                      It should be emphasized that the
                    linearized multistage model leads to a
                    plausible upper limit to the risk which is
                    consistent with some mechanisms of
                    csrcmogenesis. However,; such an
                    estimate does not necessarily give a
                    realistic prediction of the risk. In certain
                    cases, the linearized multistage model
caBMt be need sucssessiully with tha
obsarrod data aa, for example, when the
d»ta em Boamessatesic or flatten oat at
high dose®. La taesa casea it may be
                   ""  "        > tha
date an available, or when other
substrate! evidaaes on the rascfaraistic
extrapolation modal EBight b®
considered ousts appropriate on
biological grounds. Wfeea a differed
model is dsosaa, the risk assassmsnt
siurald dsaHy.diseass the nature and
cheica. la moat easss, considerable
t5a«rt®fej6f will ?ssiais eomcsraing
response at law deem; therefore, an
upper-limit risk estimate using tha
bepmanisd.
3. Equiwlaat Expoam IMta Among
  Low-dose risk estimatss derived from
laboratory animal data extrapolated to
humans are complicated by a variety of
factors that differ aracsg species and
fasisra asts differences between humans
   >b
pharmacoldntatie effscts sudi aa
metaboliBJra and exemtion patterns, and
the exposure wgisnea.
  Tha usual approach for malcing
inSerspaciea comparisons has been to
use standardised scaling factors.
Commonly employed standardised
dosage smos include mg per kg body
weight per day, ppm in the diet or wates-,
mg per ma body surface area per day,
and mg per kg body wsight per lifetime.
In the absents of comparative
toxicolcgieal, physiological metabolic.
and pnazmacddn@tic data for a givem
suspect carcinogen, the extrapolation of
body weight to the 0.57 power is
considered to be appropriate.

B. Exposure Amsusment

  In order to obtain a quantitative
estimate of the risk, the results of the
dose-response assessment must be
combined with an estimate of the
exposures to which the populations of
interest are likely to be subject. While
the reader is referred to the Proposed
Guidelines for Exposure Assessment
(U.S. EPA? 2934} for specific details, it is
important that tins cance? risk assessor
and te dedsioffl-maker have an
appradatkta of the impact of the

-------
                   IZZ-25

I VoL49, No. 227  / Friday,'November 23,1984 / Notices
                                                                                                              482S9
             as tfas overall canes? risk
             pfasssa,  '  ' ,' •'  '
    At pressnt tfess® Is no single 'approach
  appropriate fcr all eases. On & ease-by-
  caas basis, appropriate methods am
  fleeted io matda ihs data ca head and
  and WOPS* GSKB ansasmpttcms-vefsus a
  monitoring data},
  approximations, asd nncartainties need
  to be dearly stated because, m asm®
  iastasces, thasa will have a major effect
  on ths risk assessment.
   in general, the magnitude, duratieia,
  and frequency of exposure provide
 which ths organism is exposed. Thess
 data are .generated from monitoring    j
 Information, modeling results, and/or
 treatment of exposure shodd consider
 tiie potential for exposure via ingestion.
 inhalation, and darzaal penetration from
 relevant sources of exposures. Where
 feasible, an attempt should ba mads to
 oasess .the dos@ to ths target organ.
 eiJhar through expsstesstal evidssee .or
 suggests expesrara regimsES, e.g» route
 and dosing schedule, which are
 substantially different from those used
 in ths relevant animal studies. Unless
 there is evideacs to the contrary in a
 particular cass, the oimuiativs doa@
 rscaived over a lifetime, expressed as
 average daily sscposmia prorated ovss a
 lifetime, ia'recorara&sidsd as tfes
 appropriate measure of gxpasiiss te a
 carcinogsB. That Is, ths @s§Bsmptiora is
 mads that a high doss of a ejarcssacge®
 received ova? a short period of time is
 equivalent to a corespondfng low dose
 spread ovs? a lifetime This approach
 becomes more problematical as the
'exposures in question become more
 intense but less frequent, especially
 when there is evidence that the agent
 has shown dose-rate effects.
   An attempt should be made to assess
 the level of uncertainty associated with
 ths exposure assessment which is to be
 used in a cancer risk assessment this
 measure of uncertainty should be
 included in the risk characterisation
 (section OLC) in order to provide the
 decision-maker with a dear
 understanding of the impact of this
 uncertainty on. any final quantitative
 risk estimate.
                                                                      ion.
  ' Typical- <
  ppb infoed or water. m§/kg/dayrby
  issaestioa s? ppm o? wg/m 3 in air.
     b. Ths Dose Corrsspoading to a Given
  Laval of Risk—Hsis -approach • -can be
   nonlinear 'exteapolaticis modafs where
   ths unit risk would-diHer at different
   dose Isvels.
    s. Individual and PapulationHisks—
   Risk may be characterized either in
   terms of the sxcssa individual lifetime
   risks or the excess number of cancers
   produced per year in ths exposed
   population or both.
    Irespective of the options chosen, the
   degree of precision and accuracy in the
   numerical risk estimates currently do
   not permit more than one significant
    in dsarastesisiag the risk due to
  raEBajteat expasura te several  •
  earcdsogeas, the risks ars combiaad on
  the basis of additivity tuslsas there is
  specilie information to the contrary.
  Interactions of :cocarcinogens,
  promoters, and iaititatore with known
  earanogess-should be considered on-a
  cass-by-sase basis.
  3. Suramaiy..of Risk. Characterization
    Whichever method of preseatation/ia
  chosan, it is .critical that the numerical
  estimates not be allowed to stand alone,
  ssparated/frojn the various assumptions
  and MECBrtEinties- upon -which they are
  based. The risk characterization should
  cojitaia a diasKSBion and interpretation
  of the numerical estimatss that affords
  the risk manager some insight into the
  degsse to which the quantitative
  estimates are likely to reflect the true
  magnitude of human risk, which
  generally cannot be known with the
  degree of quantitative accuracy
  reflected in the numerical estimates.'.The
  final risk estimate will .ba generally
  rounded to one significant figurs-assd
  will be coupled with the EPA
  classification of the qualitative weight of
  evideB€8. For example, a Ufetime
  individual risk of 2X10~« resulting from
  expoaun to a "possible human
  carciaogsn" (Group C) should be
  designated as:
1. ©ptioffis lor. Nttffisrical Risk Estimates
  Depsadini on the needs of ths
iodlvidiial program dfScss, aumsrical
sstoates.can be presasstsd in one o?
m®m of the Mlswing'thf®3 ways.
  SL Unit Hisk-^Under;aa assumption of.
iow-d@se linearity, ths unit cancerTisk is
the exsass lifetima risk.dus to -a
                                         Tlsis bracketed designation of the
                                         quaiitstiv@ svidenos should bs included
                                         with all numerical risk estimates (Sse.,
                                         unit risks, -which tar® risks at a specified
                                         concsatfation,' or concentrations
                                         .corresponding 'to -a given risk). Agsncy
  notices. brieBflgs, and action
  memofanda, frequently include
  numerical:3stimates of carcinogenic risk.
 ilt is recommended that whenever these
  numerical sstimates- are used, the
  qualitative weight-of-svidence
 ;c!p.asiHcatioa should also be included.
 •IV. Appsnsfe-~£PA Claasifieation
                                      Frozsa H
             'SJMdlsa aad Fsnsa Aniinal
                   nsaa 1AKQ
                          for
                         dies in
  Humans
   'Evidence ofcarcinogenic ity from
  human studies comes "from three main
  sources:
   1. Casa reports of individual cancer
  patisnts;who were exposed to the
  agent(s).
   .2. 'Descriptive epidemiolcgic studies in
  which the incidence of cancer in human
  populations wasfosad to vary in space
  or tims with exposure  to the agent(s).
   i3. Analytical epidemiologic (case-
          l expostars to fee agent(s) was
 found ta be associated with an
 increased risk of cancer.
   Three criteria must be met before a
 causal association can be inferred
 between •expoaurs and cancer in
 •humans:
   S. Thers is ao -identified bias which
 •could explain tfee association.
   '2.The possibility of confounding has
 been considered and ruled out as
 explaining ths association.
   3. Tha association te unlikely to be
 :dus to chaEiES.
   to general, although a single study
 may ;be indicative of a cause-effect
 relationship, confidencs in inferring B
 causal association is increased when
 several independent studies are
 concordant in showing the -association,
 when ihe association is strong, when
 there is a dose-response relationship, or
 when a reduction in exposure, is
 •followed by«a'reduction in the incidence
 of .cancer.
  'The, degrees of evidence for
 carcinogsnicity* from  studies in humans
••are categorised as:
 *  1. Safficient evidence of
   'Eor purpuss-of public  health protection.
 agents ascosiatstl with lifo-lhraatening
 b-siiign tumonj ia humans are included in ihs
 evaluation.

-------
                                                               ,111-26 & , J  '"• •

                                      / VoL 49,  No. 22?  /  Friday,  November 23, 1984 / Notices
 csvdcnfanidty, which indicates that
  ~   lU a causal relationship betwasn
   £ Halted evidence of carefraogenidty,
   tack indicates that • causal
 iastrpretattoa is credible, but that'
 •JaniiilUs aatplaaattona. sedi aa
 csjeatcavbias. or coofowcdi!-^, could not
 adstruateJy be exdndocL
   A. m«/?^mt«l» an
        oscnt
 M rites that
i evidemct, whkh
  i cf two coodittona-
 prevailed: (a) Them wen f rw pertinent
 elate, or (b) Use aveilaMs studies, white
 afcwrfng evidence of cuodatkn. did not
   4. No crkUmca. which indicate! that
 mm aoodatf on waa found between
 sapcmfli and an increased risk ol
 smrar in well-dtsigncd and waff-
 eroductod independent analytical
 *|*deinialegic studies.
   5. No date, winch Indicates that date
 an*  not available.

 RAmmsimntofEvfdmcafbf
 Caedaogoaicity From Studies ia
 EtpeiimantalAwmab
   Thesa assessments am classified into
 fire groups:
   2. Sufficient evideaca* of
 rarrfrtogmrilrity. which indicates that
                           ^ of
TMtfrnunt and benign nmwaf; (a) fa
•rehipla sped** ox stains or (b) fa
•in&iptt experimtnts (pra£safaly with
different notes of adminlsttatlaa or
wing different dose levels); or (c) to an
annsual degree with regard to incidence.
site or type of tumor, or age at onset.
Additional evidence may be provided
by data on dose-responsa effects, aa
wil as information from short-term
tests or on chemical structure.
  2. Limited evidence of auefaogmidty.
wfekh means that tha data ssggsst a
carcinogenic effect but an limited
because: (a) The studies involve a single
spedes, strain. or experiment; or (b) the
experiments are restricted by
inadequate dosage levels, inadequate
duration of exposure to the agent,
inadequate period of follow-up, poor
  •{•Under Specific rtir-nmrtam^f, tUcfa >S
lb« production of neopUsnu that occur with
high (pontaaeotu background Incidence, the
«irfd«nc* may b« decnw»ed to "limited" if
warranted (o.j, thcr« «• widoljr diverging
•dtadfic views regarding the validity of tha
taooM liver tumor u «n indicator of potential
faemin cardnogcnicity when this is the only
respooM obicrved. even in replicated
experiments in the ebtence of thort-tenn or
M&er evidence).
  {Benign and malignant tumors will be
rsmbtned unless the benign tumors are not
cotwjdared to have the potential to progress
to the associated malignancies of the sauna
Bwrphologictype.
 survival, too fat* animals, or inadequate
 reporting; or (c) aa increase in tha
 incidence of benign turmors only.
   3. Inadequate evidence, which
 indicates that because of major
 qualitative or quantitative limitations,
 Use studies cannot be interpreted as
 showing either the precair.ce or absence
 of a eardncgenic effect
   4. No evidence, which indicates that
 there is no increased inddence of
 neoplasms hi at least two wall-designed
 and weB-ccndneted animal studies hi
 different species.
   5. No date, which indicates that date
 are not available.
   The categories "sufficient evidence"
 aad "limited evidence" refer only to the .
 strength of the experimental evidence
 that these agenta(s] an carcinogenic
 and not to the power of their
 carcinogenic action.

 d Categorization of Overall Evidence

 Grqup A—Human Carcinogen
   This category is used only when them
 is suffident evidence from
 epidemiologic studies to support a
 causal association betwetm exposure to
 the agenda} and cancer.

 Group B—Probable Human Carcinogen
   This category includes agents for
 which the svidencs) of human
 csrciiiQgeQicitjr &OIB epidinniologic
 stadies raogea from ahaoiit "suffldent"
 to "inadequate." To reflect this range.
 the category is divided into higher
 (Group Bl) and lower (Group B2)
 degrees of evidence. Usually, category
 Bl is reserved for agents for which then
 is at least limited evidenos of
 cardnogenidty to humano from
 epidemiologic studies. In the absence of
 adequate date hi humans, it is
 reasonable, for practical purposes, to
 regard agents for which tbera is
 suffident evidence of cardnogenidty hi
 animate aa if they presented a
 carcinogenic risk to humane. Therefore.
 agents for which then is inadequate
 evidence from human studies and
 suffident evidence form animal studies
 would usually result in a classification
 ofBZ.
  In some cases, the known chemical or
 physical properties of an agent and the
 results from short-term tents allow its
 transfer from Group B2 to Bl.

 Group C—Possible Human Carcinogen
  This category is used far agents with
 limited evidence of cardnogenidty in
 auliuafs in the absence of human date. It
includes  a wide variety of evidence: (a)
Definitive malignant tumor response in a
single well-conducted experiment (b)
marginal tumor response in studies
 having inadequate design or reporting,
 (c) benign but sot malignant tumors with
 aa agent showing no response in a
 variety of shbrt-term taste for
 mutagenicfty. and (d) marginal
 response* fa a tisama known to have a
 high and variable baiekgroimd rate.
   fa some cases, ths known physical or
 cehnu'cal properties of an agent and
 results from short-term tests allow a
 transfer front Group C to B3 or firora
 Group D to C.  .

 Group D—Not Classified

   This category is used fas ageat(s) with
 inadequate animal evidence of
 cardnogenidty.

 Group B—No Evidenc*- of
 Caroinoggnidty for Humana

   This category is used for ageni(ej that
* show no evidence for cardnogenidty to
 at least two adequate animal tests in
 different spedes or fa both
 epidemiologic and animal studies.


 Albert RJL. Train. RJJ. and Andsraoa. S,
   1897. Rationale developed by the
   EaviKmmsatal Protection Agency for the
   assessment of carcinogenic risks. I. NatL
   Cancer but 53:1537-1541.
 Feron, V.J. Cries, RC, Grfweraer. Jt, Pteto
   R, Agflw, C. Althcffi I, Anrakg. OU
   BbsMBUiai. R, Gabral. JJU», Defla Porta,
   O. tto. H. Ktauaaria, G. Xraea, R, Mote,
   U-Napalkov. NJ, Odaahima. S, Page,
   MR, Sehramm. T> S6elnho£ D- Sugar. ]U
   Tomans, U UeMeke. R. end Vouk. V. 1S80.
   Basic requirements for long-tenn assays for
   caraaagenidty. In; IjMJg-lsmn aod short-
   tenn asaeeaing aaaaya for carcinogens: a
   critical appraise! IARC Monograph*,
   Supplement 2. Lyoa. France International
   Ageacy for ReMerch oa Cancer, pp 21-83.
 Interagsncy Regulatory Uaison Group (KLGJ.
   1979. Scientific basis for identification of
   potential carcinogens and estimation of
   risks, f. NatL Cancer last, 93:245-297.
 IntenttacipUnary Panel on Caidnogumjcity.
   IBM. Criteria fat evidence of chemkai
   carcinoganicity. Sdeaco 2S&682-6G7.
 (ntematioaal Agency for Research 
-------
                     Federal  Register / VoL 4g,  No.  227 /  Friday, November- 23»
                                                                                                   46301
   managing the process. Wasbingtoa, O.C:
   National Academy. Press.
 National Toxicology Program. 1994. Bepsrt of
   the Ad Hoe Panel on Chemical•'••
   Carctaofeneais Testing and'Evaluatiosa of
   the National Toxicology Program. Board of
   Scientific Counselors, Available from: US.
   Government Printing Office. Washington.
   D.C. 19e*-421-iaZ:472fi.
> Nutrition Foundatfoe. 2883. Tbs relevance- of
   carcinogenic r£k
   to the Nutrition
Advisory Csmioittes
 " itioo. Available
   boos Nutrition FomtJatJoo. ISBN 0-03S368-
   37-J5.
 Office of Science and Technology Policy  •  ••
   (OSTP). 3884. dsaiEicaJ carcinogens:
   review of the teaoaee aod its associatad
 .  prindplea. Federal Register 4fc2ZSBS-2SS81.
 Pate, R, Pike. M» Day. N» Gray. IU Lee. P-
   Parisfe. S.. Peto, MUchard. 8, and
   Wahrendoii J. 198a Guidelines for simpte.
   seesiUve. significant tests for carcinogenic
   effects in long-term animal experimoata. la:
•   Monographs on the long-term and short-
   term screening assays fa? carcinogens: a
 .  critical appraUaL 1ARC Monographs.
   Supplement 2. Lyoa.Franca: Intemodonal
   Agency for Research on Cancer, pp. 311-
   42&       .  ,  '
 Tomatie. L. 1877. The value of long-term
   testing for the Implementation of primary
   prevention. Ire Origins of human canesr.
   Hiatt HH, Watson. JJJ, and Winsteia.
   J.A, eds. Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory.
   pp. 1338-13S7.
 U3. Eavironmental Protection Agency (U.S.
   EPA). 197S. Interim procedures and
   guideiices for healtb risk ecanomic impact
   assessments of suspected carcinogens.'
   Federal Register n-314O2-Z14OS.         ;
 VA Environmental Protection Agency (U.S.
   EPA). 1BUL Water qualify criterial
   documen* availability. Federal Register
   4&79318-7B379. .
 VJS, Environmental Protection Agency (UA
'  EPA). 1883a. Good laboratory practicna
   standards—toxicology testing. Federal
   Register 48^3822.
 US. Environmental Protection Agency fU&
   EPA). 19e3b. Hazard evaluations: humans
   flyflj domestic *t*i™«i«- Subdivision F.
                                                                   Available ftcjfc NTI& Springfield. VA. PB
                                                                 US, Environmental Protection Agency (US.
                                                                   EPA). 18B3& Health effects test guidelines.
                                                                   Avaifcbl* from: NTIS Springfield. VA. PB
                                                                 U.S. Environmental Protection -Agency (U.S.
                                                                   EPA). l&fc.Prapoced guidelines for
                                                                    xpoettnafaesnwit
UA Food «ad Drug Administratio
  FDA). 1982. Toxicoiogical principles for the
  safety as*e*smeat of direct food additives
  and color additives used in food. Available
  from: Bureau of Foods, US. Food and Drug
  Administration.
Ward. liH. Griesemer, &A~ and Weisburgsr.
  EJC 1979s. The mouse liver tumor as an
  endpoint in cndnogenesis teats. Toxicol.
  AppL PharmncoL 51^389-387.
Ward. ]M. Goodman. D.G.. Squire. !tA. Chu,
  K.C, and Unhart. MS. WTSb. Neoplasiie
  and nonneoplastic lesions in aging (C57BL/
  8N x C3H/HeN)F, (B6C3F.) mice. }. NatL
  Cancer lost 83^49-854.
ITU Doe. •VJBJW fltod 11-a-M: M5 q»|

-------
1TC-28
    Friday
    Nowtmbtr 23, 1984
    Part IX



    Environmental

    Protection Agency

    Proposed GukJettn«a for Mutagenletty
    Risk Assessment; Reque*t for Comments

-------
                                                             m-2
                            Sagteter / Vol. 48, No. 227 / Friday, November 23,  1884 / Notes
SPA
smp^'
public es28ffl»t sad wOi taka public
3omm@at into seeofflat In revising Hhes
3ufddines. Ttea Guidelines will be
                           wars
                s9SEsasHs4 (GHEA),
                               as
 Guidelines wer@ developed by an
 .Agency-wide working group chaired by
 thssREAG-
 by J®sassy 22, 1885.
 Grasp (Ift-S^J, Office ofHeaifh and
                        , U.S.
 EBviraapssial Protseasa Agency. 401 M
 Sliest SW.. Washingtoa. DC 204m
 Or. David Jacobson-Kram. Telephone:
 202-332-733®.
comments received as a result of the
proposed guidelines fa? Mutagenicity
Risk Assessment, which was published
in the Fesfess! Register [45(221 ):74934-
74S88J on November 13, 1980. have been
addressed. Use guidelfesss published
here reflect the suggestions that were
provided during that initial comment
parted. A asw draft of tisasa Guidelines,
taking into account the easier public
comments, was recently sent for review
to approximately 14 scientists is the
field of chemical mutegsMtsis within
                                         vensmssk imlwssil£» in the United
                                      Cammeots rsceived Sraai these reviews,
                                      §as38ffsllf favombk, were also takea
                                      into account to developing the
                                      CSsidoHssss psopssasl here.           '
                                        Rgfessjcss asd sappesttag docamaata
                                       Gaidsiinss as well as comments
                                       isesivsd ara available for ioipaetioii
                                       es,d capfiag at to Publk MermaMoo
                                       EafamEES Ussit (20^-332-5928), EPA
                                       Headquarters Library, 4@i M SSnet, SW,
                                       WssUogtoa. DC, betwaes the aoura of
                                       fe00 a oa. and 4^0 pun.
                                         Da««d: Hevambv 9.1084.
                                       S Comments Received Ptam tfea F«d«aai
                                          asgisSsa Ptiblication of the PKjpossjd 19SJ
                                                   sad Ageacy Raapoata* to
                                         A. Ccasaasnis oa uw-Iatiaduciion
                                         E Ceesaate Itelaaos to Hsritabls Genetic
                                        G, Tasting Systems
                                        O. Wesglit-of-Evidence Approach
                                        £ Qasnd Jafeiva Aaeeueraent of Results
                                                Guldsliass
                                          J. Gcec^la I8skifag to Heritable
                                       B> QtsolitoSiws AsassonsanS (Hazard
                                         lizs^satismj
                                         J, Mffitsgaaic Activity
                                         Z, Chemical loterastiofls in the
                                       C Qtumtitaiiva AMeasment
                                         S. Risk Ghasaetsrizetioa
                                      L Itstesdactfoa
                                       On November 13. 196a the U3.
                                      Eavkonmantsl Protection Agency (EPA)
                                      pabiished purposed guidelines for
                                      Mutagenicity Risk Assessment (i) and
                                      isMdtsd comments on those guidelines.
                                      Hie proposed guidelines of 1980
                                      described the procedures that the
                                      Agsasy wo»old follow to evaluate the
                                      geaetic risks associated with the
                                      exposure of humans to chemical
                                      mutagens. These procedures
                                      incorporated a weight-of-svidence
                                      approach that considered the quality
                                      and adequacy of all the available data
                                      on a chemical substance in order to
                                      make qtsalitative. and, where possible,
                                      quantitative evaluations of mutagenic
                                      potential, Tfe® Agency stated that
                                      mutageffliidty risk assessments prepared
                                      pursuant to the proposed guidelines
                                      woiild be utilized within the
                                      reqiiiremsHts and constraints of the
                                                                            applies'®!® st@t&tes that the Agency
                                                                                       to arave «t regulatory
                                                                               Th« cmsssst 'propossd Guidelines
                                                                             address fes soawsoate sscsived in
                                                                            Hies® GuidsMHS®, which adopt thS
                                                                            propossl, SS&SSK sddltjaaal cliaages
                                                                            'mads isreapoEs® to the comments end
                                                                            zincs the tim@ of the proposal.
                                                                              Use raszssat p£opas®d Gmdeliass
                                                                                  shanges Eiade in response to the
                                                                             guidelines of 18SO. Thgaa changes dealt
 me weight-of-sirfdaRee approach. This
 section has hem CKpanded to deStss
 "sumdeaf "suggestive,'0 sssd "limited"
 evidence fe potestiei human germ-cell
 mufaggoidSy asd to iadisde two
 categodea of evidence, "sufficient" and
 "suggestive" for chemical interaction
 with the gonada. Also, in the
 quantitative assessment section, the
 domiaant skeletal and dominant
 cataract tests have been added to the
 list of systems for possible use in
 estimating ths magnitude of genetic
 made in the text for clarification.
   A dreft of tbs Gtasmt proposed
 Guidelines was submitted for review to
 individuals from industry, educauonal
 institutions. ejiivorasaantEl groups, and
 other government agencies. These
 reviews were useful in revising the
 Guidelines.
   The Agency hag not attempted to
 provide in tha earroaf proposed
 Guidelines a detailed discussion of tha
 mechanisms of mustagesicity or of the
 various test systems that are  currently
 in use to detect mutagenic potential.
 Background infometioB on mutageaicity
. and mutagenic test systems is available
 in "Identifying and Estimating the
 Genetic Impact of Cksmieal
 Environmental Mutagens.'* National
 Academy of Sciences (NAS) Committee
 on Chemical Environmental Mutagens
 (2), as well as in other recent
 publications^, 4].
   For the information of the reviewer.
 Chapter n discusses the comments that
 were received in response to  the
 proposed guidelines of 1S3Q and the
 Agency's responses to those coramants.
 The current proposed Guidelines for
 Mutagenicity Risk Assessment, for
 which comments are currently invited,
 are described io Chapter HL The
 anticipates that, as methods for
 mutagemdty risk assessment are

-------
                                                  m-30
/ VoL 49. No. 227 / Friday;
                                                                               1884 / Notteag
                                                                                                        4S315
        , ami Bora hifef&uitisci becoiBS*
  availabla In tha ara* of nrateguaidty,
  nnrisioas to liitsa GuMdius may bs
  IL ConnBneta Baoefcmd Ftasa d» ?«d«sl
  •after Pcbfea&a of tfea Fsopaswl
  1IM GaHeB-rs arf AtaBcy
   As stated In t^&tradwtei, tha
  correct GaMftoDi are being propostd to •
  the infbtmattoQ of tka reviewer,, a
  (CESJBAiy O* tftff PHt!?t]pS ffftJUHtmUffltf^
  received la itfpasa to th« propowrf
        iHi of 1889 and th» Agency
 itspooies to tisow aonmaats axe
   A total of 34 coamtntg ware reeaimd,
 17 from mnEi&ietiffltti of regulated
    duct*, eight from usoetethms. fimr-
  itstimtiaa*. tad am •«& team * private
  coxttuhiog laboratory and a gowOTmat
  aftacy. Mmy rwpwissi noted that to*
  and appropriate and praised the Agzasy
  for initiating jroctdiBaa for sdentifis
  evaiaatica ofmntngsnieity data. Other
  eommantefa felt that the pmpcaed
  guidelines wcra "ptttitere." Various
  reesoos w«a given for this poritora: (1}
  The Bm3»aiaiBa by which natations
  occw aw not aeteitecid: (2) tha date
  beats fop jnssgp amt»gissfcity tests ass
  Bruited, and fateea &a tettt mn« net
  been trsBdatci (3) the Agency tfecsld
  wait until th* SPA Geca-Tox Program is
.  completed; and (4) epsdemiologiestudies
  T»H^Hff Uml ftfcinlb*<
Additionally, the commmt ignores th*
extensive body of data on ipcsiSc
chemical DNA ^^^««?*«, ntpair
proctsHs, and nnttatiooal expiasaifm
that enable descriptica of the mutmticaal
   wocsts in «podSc pfeysiostasiffial terns;
   (4.
     With ragard tr? the saeoad commmt
   tha Agsnesy tgre^s that the data bases
   for maay mutagasieity teats ara Jisiitesfe
   bowa«sr. tha Agsasj' does act agros that
   tha validity .of a test is a function of tbs
   aizc of tha data bass. VoUdity is tha
   extent to whisib « test nassstirea ths
   partiodar biologkal and paint of
   iatKMt and ohooldi not m ctnifustd with
  .jiaasitivity. fe« proportkas of feoswn
   mntagens that asa poaitiwj is,£ systesj,',,
   or spacifiCT'ty. tha.aropadion of
   nomiitsgaG^ that are niEgativa. Hsncs. a
   mutageoculs aseay is validated vyfasa Its
   ability to detect a heritable genetic
   cfcssaga is demonstrated.
    - in response to tha third commaat, the •
   Agoney does not beltevn it is Beeaaiary
   to wait for eompletioa of the GSEC-TQK
   Prograur before issuing guidelines for
   evaluating mutagenidty data. Tfes
   Agency acknowledges that future
   sdantifie devdopments cm be expected
   to affect the methods foi? the evaluation
   of mutagenidty data. Such
   developments may stem from phase U of
   the Cess-Tax. Program (which focuses
   on test applications) as well as from
   othar collaborative activities in basic
   end appliad raseardi. However, the
   Agsasy fesEeve* that tfor corrent-
           s» 83 written, can
     With respect to the fourth comawnt.
   the Ageacy does not agree that the
   fates to identify a cheiDical as a
   known human mutagen is juatificatic»
   for sot proposing guidelines to evahiate
   mutagenidty data. Despite the difficulty
   In tmsriating chsngas in mutation rate
   to altnfBtkHn is disease feequsaisy, tae.
   MAS Committee oo Ghiimisei
   EavisoozsEOtal Mirfageos hsa asseisded
   that lite net a&est of an feasaae jn
   mutatica rate is hanefnl because ahmoet .
   ail nwtaats with any dafiactabls effact
   A. Caaaaemtt en the Introduction
     Many eomraenten OQ tha proposed
   g«sidc£iijas of 1980 wmt critical of the
   statement. "Sinsa the prospect of cnrinf
   most heritable diseases caused by
   amtagens in the near future is ua&keiy.
   minimizing exposure to EK34agaaa i«
   among the b««t available means to
   protect against further deterioration of
   the human gene pooL" At the psaaeat
   time there is no direct eTideaca in
   humans that heritable disease* are
   h=J2S easssad by chemical mutagms. and
   tasra 88 no evideaee of deterioration of
   the geas pooL This ssatmse has bsen
   deleted.
     Several commmtgra ebfected to tfaa
   statement. "Mutations are largely
   recognized as being deioterions." and
                                                                           pointed out thet many mutations are
                                                                           silent orhave ao affeci. In the cuwsat
                                                                           proposed Gaiideiinea, this sentenea has
                                                                           beaa dusBgsd'is rsad, "It ia genaraily
                                                                           ssssgaJsad tfaa: most nictations that are
                                                                                                 are In earns
                                                                                            tha organSons
                                                                             One commeuter requested an
                                                                           gxplanatioa of how mutagenicity
                                                                           guidelines would be adminiatersd snd
                                                                           requested a statement indicating
                                                                           requirements for genetic toxicology
                                                                           testing in premarket manufacturing
                                                                           noticas. The Agency believes that the
                                                                           language in the current proiiosad
                                                                           Guidelines deariy states that thay will
                                                                           be used to assess risks associated with
                                                                           human exposure to chemical mutageaa,
                                                                           Requtements for genetic .toxicology
                                                                           testing are the responsibility of the
                                                                           appropriate Agency office.

                                                                           B. Concept! Relating to Heritable
                                                                           Caustic Risk

                                                                             One commeuter: objected to tfes
                                                                           definition of e mutagen becanses  it was
                                                                           not limited to stable and heritable
                                                                           altemattons in the DNA. The Agency
                                                                           agree* that the ultimate end point of
                                                                           coacsra for the purpose of the cuzront
                                                                           propooed Gaidaliaas is heritable and
                                                                           itaMe imitation.^Por gene mutations,
                                                                           heritabilHy is an obvious and naawiary
                                                                           component steee aO teate need to detect
                                                                           gene mutations actually detect mutant
                                                                           cells or organisms that are descendants
                                                                           of the treated cells. The same is not
                                                                           always tree for certain cytogenetie md
                                                                           points, such as chromatic! breaks, efe,
                                                                           which may be detected hi the same ceS
                                                                           generation in which they occur. Since
                                                                           these latter end points provide
                                                                           information relevant to heritable
                                                                           mutation, they wQ! be consMered in sny
                                                                           aautegenidty assessment As a jissniia.
                                                                           the Agency fsals that the gBnaral
                                                                           definition of a mntagen as used hi these
                                                                           Guideline* is appropriate.

                                                                           C JT«t«zflg Catena

                                                                             One coEBmenter felt tfeat la-sst
                                                                           cytogenatic end points that «se tsmtissbj
                                                                           evaluated (e^, ehramoaoraB bfeaks.
                                                                           micronudei) are not transmitted, and
                                                                           thGfefoss,.afe not gormane to the sasae
                                                                           of heritable mutation. The Agemcy
                                                                           disagcoss. Although it is clear that ceils
                                                                           that cany soeh aberrations generally do
                                                                           not reproduce, otiter related abartaticnc
                                                                           (Le« balanced tranBlocations,
                                                                           inversionii, susall i
                                                                            deSdenciea) are compatible with call
                                                                            survival ia gmt calls and can be
                                                                            transmitted. Additionally, there is no.
                                                                            evideise* indicating that the mm-
                                                                            transmissible aberrations occur by

-------
  IS
                                  111-31

Rsgssfear / Voi 48, No. 217 / Friday, November 23,  1984 / Notices
  jversl ecaiasssjteES raqassfcsd that
  Agsney establish jaJstesl criteria by
  nteia that most bs asst for easfc
  gves that the gsnefal prstosol* aid
 :e-Tox Program as wall as other
 .•ess proyids siaBeieai goidanes for
 IB plasning to eossdaet muiagenidty
               section required
 iScatiom of the phrase, "positive
 )0fflss in any two different point
 ation test systems," because this
 iss may be sabjest to various
 jest to snisisteirps«tati«. Tlissefore.
 atien tost gjntasu (one of which
 zed marasaaliira eel's} or positive
 xsasss in two different somatic
 >genetic tests (one of which utilizes
 nmalian calls), coupled with
 rsetiois in both caea. Alternatively,
 mammalian gene mutation assay
 one msiarasJiaB cytsp&nstiea teat
 sufSdent evidence ofgsm-ceil
 •motion alss psovSdes saiflciejst
 ienes of potential hmaas
 :agesidiy. Tha dsssoateaSion of
 itafala affects ind^esd ia mammalian
 n cells ia by itself sufficient evidence
 mutagenidty.
 (any coramenters objected to the
 erica that considers a chemical
 agess a potential human germ-cell
 .agen if there is "evidence for the
 sence of the test substance and/or its
 .abolites in mammaliaa gonadal
 aos." First, they pointed out that the
 sence of a chemical in the testis or
 ry does not necessarily mean it has
 cted with germ-cell ONA. Such
 dies are generally performed with
 iokbeled chemicals, and it is
 sible that metabolism of the
npound could result ins incorporation
 he radiolabel into iBsria.al cellular
iatsraeis with gam-call DNA. As a
            lEsslsgsn internets in ths mammalia
            gsaad will m Sfes demoiistrsition that an
                                           ior
            exchange (SCE), o? chromoiiomaS
            absuaticES in genafaal culls. Suggestive
            evidence will iadude advess gocadal
            afFacte following acute, stsbchronic, or
            dsronie toxidty tasting or advene
            reproductive e^eets, such as dec?sasad
            fertilization index, reduced sp$rm count
            or abssnoal apenn morphology.
              One eomiaenter suggested that the
            Agency develop a seala of weighting
            tests which would place more emphasis
            on test systems more relevant to human
            fosksgs, Ths Agency has explored the
            possibility of developing such & seals
            and has conduded that the assignment
            of raxed values for each tast system
            coidd be overly simplistic and might not
            gllbw for th@ consideration of such
            vadsbtes aa dsss range, route of
            exposes, end asagmtode of respone.
           assays and to germ cell rather than
           somatic sail data, is raweatly the most
           appropriate way to evaluate the
           information from a variety of systems.

           £ Quantitative Assessment of Results
             Skwsrsl ccassaeatera expreassd the
           opinion that it is not possible to
           quantitatively express tSss risk of genetic
           dissass from exposure to a dseuiical
           snd-tharefors WB attempt should fea
           snade'to do ESS, The Agency doss not
           suggest that it $8 necessarily possible to
           gsasKsSs a numerical estimate of the
           genetic risk that will result from
           exposure to any particular chemical. It
           is wall-recognized and documented that
           the mutational component of certain
           categories of human genetic disease is
           not known, Howevs?, mutsgenicity data
           have been used to generate semi-
           quantitative estimates of the impact of
           ionizing radiation on genetic disease(5,
           8]. The current proposed Guidelines
           state the Agency's commitment to utilize
           existing relevant mutagenicity data to
           give some estimate of potential human
           mutsgsmdty. AH sush estimates will
           indude a careM deSfeeation of the
           assumptions and uncertainties       , "
           associated with the assessment.
             Maay comraentefa obfestgd to th® use
           of "linsar or nonthreshoid ms$del@" for
                                                                that'linearity and the
                                                  preseara si" absanee of a threshold are
                                                  S2pa?ate is3«ss. T&s Agssney will strive
                                      and will b® pr.sdsd by tha available data
                                      Sa this s®Iacti«ss; H®we%-«?. i! is
                                      fessiioE, M feass situations there is a
                                      tlMC^etisal basis for a MSJSSF,
                                      nonthrashold ejstrapalstioa provided
                                             mapr germ-cell killing (and thus
                                            ' i c@ll
                                                                           quantitative risk it is room appropriate
                                                             than on gene
                                      mutatiGns, partlstslsiiy since many
                                      diseases ess, bs more readily associated
                                      with aa identifiable chromosome
                                      abac£ra@lity. The Agency agrees that
                                      asassiaJioKs between diseases and
                                      specific efesmosoEsal changes can be
                                      estimated. This concept is well
                                      deraaseatsd and has been discussed at
                                      length la the MAS rspori^J. However.
                                                                           jEEKSatioiEs, asd swcb techniques have
                                                                                               e for effects o"
                                                                                              J. BSJCISMBB ths
                                      by diifsrsaS dsssassals is known to be
                                      variable, the Agency believes that it is
                                      nfsssssary to psrforas estimates on all
                                      end points.
                                        One eommessSer objected to the
                                      omission of ths dominant skeletal and
                                      cataract Hsaistioa systems for
                                      Agency rsasgmzes thst these dominant
                                      mutation systems do have relevance in
                                      the preparation of quantitative risk
                                      assessmessj ald&g with specific-locus
                                      test systems. The csjiresist proposed
                                      Guidelines have fessa medi£i@d to
                                      include both typ@s of testa.
                                      A. Introduction

                                        This section describes the procedures
                                      that the U.S. Environmental Protection
                                      Agency will follow in evaluating the
                                      potential genetic risk associated with
                                      htiKjsa exposure to existing industrial
                                      chemicals and to pesticides. The central
                                      purses® of the health risk assessment is
                                      to provide a Judgment concerning the
                                      weight of evidence that an agent is a
                                      potential human nsKSagsn with respect
                                      to transmitted gsaetig changes, and. if
                                      s0. how great aa hapsst it is likely to

-------
                                                  UI-32
                                              No. 227 / Friday,  November 23, 198«  /  Notices
                               48317
decision making involves two
cocopomatKRIsk uecssciaat and risk
           . Risk asstsammt estimate*
 tha potential adverse hulth
 coaseqotoses of exposure to toxic
 ffKamt^aty; risk management combines
 the risk aswssssat with tha directives
 of tfaa enabling rafsktory lagiiktiae—
 tofaUwr with eo^-^-iaoinic. technical.
 political, and othar CTn»id««tica»-=-to
 reach a dodcfon aa to whether or how
 much to control future exposure to the
 chBmntcals. The ism* of risk
 manafemsot will not ba dealt with hi
 thes* Guidelines
   Risk aeaesffliSiit ia coosprisiHi of tha
 following compoaflats: Hazard
 Identification, dotw-respansa
 assesiBBent axpoaura anossmant and
 risk charactBrization{a}. Hasard
 idcntificatioa IB tha qualitative risk
 anassaent dealing with tha inherent.
 taxidty of a chemical subatasee. Ths |
 qualitative mutagenkity aaaesaaent
 answers tha question of how likely an
 agant Is to be a b*m^n matagen. The
 three ramatntng components comprise
 quantitative risk assessment which
 provides a numerical estimate of the
 public health conscquaacea of exposure
 to an agsat Tha qusntistiva
 smtassoicity risk asscssnst deals with
 the qwtioa of haw much nmtational
 damage la Hkely to be produetd by
 expocura to a givm agent under'
 particular expocura scenarios.
   m a dose-responsa assessment the
 relationship between the dose of a
 chemical and the probability of
 induction of an advena effect hi defined.
 Tfo component fen-jafly entails an
 extrapolation fioetlb* high gooea

 acted in sots* epidsaie'cglc studio to
 the low expocBm Isvda expecttd from
 human contact with tha chemical fn tha

  The expo*o» iuMMaaiaeat ideatifie*
 populations expoicd to toxic dmieals.
 describes then* compcdtica aztd siza,
 and presents the types, nagnftndea,
 frequencies, and durations of exposure
 to the chemcials. This component is   .
 developed independently of the other
 components of the mutaganicify
 assewment and ia addressed in separate
 Agency guldelin«(0J.
  In risk characterization, the outputs of
 the exposure assessment and the doea-
 rcsponie assessment are combined to
 estimate quantitatively the mulattos
 risk, which is expressed as either
 Climated Increase of generic disease per
 generation or par lifetime, or the
 fractional increase hi the assumed
 background mutation rate of humans. In
 each step of tha assessment the
strengths and weaknesm of the major
assumptions need to ba presented, and
 tha nature and magnitude, of
 uncertainties need to be characterised.
   The proeedwis s*t forth in thew
 Guidelines will eoaurs cosiaisieasy ia
 the Agency's scientific risk a««szQ6!a£s
 for nxatagsnd effecta. The nncessity for
 a consistent approach fcj the eroiaktioa
 of mutagsnis risk froia chiuaicial
 sabetaiscn arisen from th$ an&oity
 confteed upca the Ag@aey by ft nuraber
 of statutes to requisite psteatial
 mutagena. As appropfistit, ?Jj2s-3
 Guidslinc3 will apply ts» atatssfcj
 administsred by tha Agsx:^, fesli
.tha Pedonl Ihseetfcids. Fengftids. i
 Rcdsatf cida Act; tfces Toxii; Ss&otsnces
 Control Act; the Ciena A&'Acts tin
 Federal Water Po&feE Csatf a! Ast; fea
 Safe Drinking Water Act; the Resmsra
 Conservation and fkots@mky Act: a.^ th®
 Compeshensiva Envitonmtetal
 Response, Compaisstio%|end Liabiity
 Act Because eech statute fa
 cdministeted by scparsfcs ^eee. a
 conBiatant Agency-wide apsa-cach fo?
 performing risk eaonsraeiiits is
 desirable.
  Ths mutagencity riek smaaemea.it
 prepared pursuant to tfccsa Guidelines
 will ba utilized within tha requireiaeats
 and coflfitraiats of the applisabla
 statetos to tirffto at rograate^ dodsimss
 coxtcsiiiisg rcstigsssisitj/o YSis fttnsdsfdi
 of tha eppUeafcls statatej and
 regulatioaa may disrtate th-st xddit&mai
 OCffllBIff'^a^HtlOSSS t6*&M tfe^ @^^§S^ffi|SSG SSSSa
 social benefits associated with use of
 the chemical substance) wiii coma into
 play hi reaching apprepdate regulatory
                                       Tha Agency ia conessnB^ with tha risk
                                      asaodated with botiSi gEzra-ceil
                                      mutations and somatic call mntatioeie.
                                      Mutations ended in gseaceikeE®
                                      inherited by totme geaerafteai smd-m&f
                                      contzibnte to genatic dtaaW, wtereas
                                      matatioas ocesn
                                      may be UEpMeatsd ia the etidb^y-cf
                                      aeveral dteasa states, indndfag cases?.
                                      These Guidelinas. howeviK?. sea oaly
                                      coocamod with genetic damage as it
                                      relates to geim-cdl mutattats. The us®
                                     'of muiageniQSy test resaits ia the
                                      assessment of carcinogeaie risk ia
                                      described hi the propcmad Guidsli^sa for
                                      Carcinogen Risk AGsesesseatflS?.
                                       As a result of tha progfeiiit ia me
                                      control of infectious diseases, imareai^s
                                      in average human life spaa, and belts?
                                      procedures for identifying geastie
                                      disorders, a considerable Karit&bie
                                      ger.-Sc disease burden has been
                                      recognized in the husasa pspuiation. It is
                                      estimated that at least 10% of all human
                                      disease ia related to spadfic geaeMc
                                      states, such as abnosmsl campceaitte.
                                      arranganent or dneage of igeaes @ad
                                      chromosoiaes(£ & 21}. Sudi gunstis
                                      diseenaa eara ked to stnictteai or
 functional health impairments. These
 ctmdfticiijfs may be expressed in utevtK at
 As fcfoa of birth: or during infancy,
 ckiidSicsmi. (fdaSefiSesss, or adult life;
 they may bs chronic or acute in nature.
 Aa a result  they o?5ea have a severe
 isapxct npen te affectad individuals
 usid their famties in terma of physical  •
 stud raeata! siiSfesing and ecooomic
 losses, and upon society in general.
 which often basasiss rgsponsible for
 institotieiiai care of severely affected
 icdividiiais. Soasa examples of 'genatic
 goraditkuas ais Down's asd Klinafelter's
 Bjndso3!3i, «3ysfe Sbrosis, hemophilia,
 giekls esil aassia, and echondroplastic
 dwerEsra. Other commonly recognized
 emditfera that ess likely to have, a
                                                                                             s, hypertension,
                                                                            pyioris ste^saia, gkuc&ma, aHergies.
                                                                            several typgg of as&cer, and mental
                                                                           . retardation. These disorders are only a
                                                                           . few of the thousands that are at least
                                                                              EatiisaSI-an of tfca &ac!soa of human
                                                                            genetic disease that results from new
                                                                            mutation is difficult, although.ia certain
                                                                            It ia ckar that reoimnf mutation ia
                                                                            iopstest iss dcteEfsinisig ths incMesea
                                                                            rfcsstaia geaffiMs CQudltiooi, such as
                                                                                             aberration
                                                                                                     rare
                                                                            dominaiit aad X-Kssked recessive
                                                                                    (e.^, aeiiondrnpiaaia and
                                                                                        }. For other single-factor
                                                                            coisdittas (e.g» sickle-ceil anemia and
                                                                            color h&:dse«!) sssd certain
                                                                                                      pyioric
stcRttial, tit» oeratritetioii of new
                           .it is
ex^nssisi as® ia some ways dalstwieua
                   orphysioleigicat
Sirraia ef Gf^fflfeatf oa. Althoagli
BmtatieBe asw tte balding blocks for
         &iicBja^ chenge of species, it
Is bs.Uffiired that iracmases i
nmtates rates above the spontaneous
level omutH l-Rad to an accumulation of
dsMmmm sEKfesiiossa in the hwmaa
papuiatfos snd. to a varying extent an
  Lifa m Ger technological-society
.resniSs in expi^nm to many natural and
iyEtfesfe s?;esjlaala, Some have been
slM»a to tora mutagessic activity m
niSE3;aJi.*j3s sssid submssuB&Usn test
syttoiae, ssd feja may tows the
pstssliTi ts> igsrasaae genetic damage in
ealiJblMag ssiSs^fssis activity in various

-------
                                                           111-33

                                                        / Fdday,
 distributed amc&§ feeds, tobasse, drop,
 feed additives, eesmatiss, industrial
           , psatieides, eod eooaomsr
 products. As OH? kaowleds* of genetics
 aad disease etiology incfaasea, and
 Ssimss beings Haps®v8t we ssaf bseoma
 aw»ia of dKaai>ssi%-Jmdus©d feaman
 §ass«Ie affects. Tha axiaat to ^jfelch
 that will fee transmitted to fetes
 isasfatissas Is ankaowsa at this Urns.
                              to
 a outages is considered a djesaisai
 substance as mixture of substances that
 ess induce alterations ia the DNA of
 either somatic 07 germinal cells. Tfes
 rautsgenicity of physical agents (e.g..
 radiations} is not addressed hers. There
 are several mutagenic ead points of
 concern to she Agency. Thesa Include
                   sai
                   feplieatioas.
  s          msaa,  upcaons.
inversions, @od traaslocatisms, whereas
numerical abarrations are gains or
losses of whole cahiinoijomes (e.g^
irisomy, moraosomy) or sets of
chromosomes (haploidy, poiyploidy).
  It is ceassivable that only one or a
few molffleales of aa active compound
may bet suiBetent to causa certain typaa
of heritable changes in DNA. Mutagenic
©W*3i?*$a n«ia
-------
                                                         IH-34
                       Fcdaal Register /VoL 49. No.,223 / Friday. November 23. 1984 / Notices
                                                                      46319
     Uu targit molecules for it least some
     mechanisms of induced nondftuinctioii.
       Other and points that proviae
     information bearing on tot mutagenidty
     of « chemical can bo detected by a
     variety of test systems. Such tests
     mason DNA damagu in euksryotic or
     prokaryctic calls, unscheduled DNA
     synthesis in mamanaUaa somatic and
     fttm calls, mitotic recr nbtea'tion and
     gene conversion La *«a*.i, and sister-
     cfrro«TntttJ exchengs in i
     somatic and germ cells. Results in these
     aswiys are us*M becauw the Induction
     of twsa and points often correlates
     positively with the potential of a
     chemical to indues mutations.
       In general. for all thraa end points (Le..
     point mutations and numerical and
     structural aberrations) the Agency will
     ptaca greater weight on tests conducted
     in germ cells than in somatic cells, on
     tests performed in vivo rather than fa
     vitro, in eukaryotes rather than
     prokaryotes, and in mammalian species
     rather than in aubmammalian species.
     Formal numerical weighting systems
     have bean developed^); however, the
     Agency has concluded that these do not
     readily accommodate such variables as
     dote range, route of exposure, and
     majaituda of responss.
       Th* Agency anticipates that from time
     to time data from cfaestieally-expoMd
~"   human beings will be available (e.g..
     cytoaeaetic markers in peripheral
  •  lymphocytes). When posssible, the
     Agency will use such data hi
     conjunction with other studies for the
     purpoea of performing risk assessments.
       The test systems mentioned
     previously are not the only ones that
     will provide evidenca of muUgeairiiy or
     related DNA effects. These systems are
     enumerated merely to demonstrate the
   =  breadth of the available techniques for
     characterizing mutagsnic hazards, and
     to indicate the typsa of data that the
     Ag«|cy will consider in its evaluation of
     mutagenic potential of a chemical agent.
     Moat; systems possess certain
     limitations that must be taken into
     account The selection and performance
     of appropriate tests for -evaluating the
     risks associated with human exposure to
     any suspected mutagen will depend on
     sound scientific judgment and
     experience, and may necessitate
     consultation with geneticists familiar
     with the sensitivity and experimental
     design of the test system in question. In
     view of the rapid advances in test
     methodology, the Agency expects that
     both ths number and quality of the tools
     for assessing genetic risk to human
     beings will increasa with time. The
     Agency will doialy monitor
     developments in nmtagenitity
     •valuation and will refine it- risk
  assessment scheme as better test
  systems become available.
  R. Qualitative Aaasssmont (Hazard
  Identification)
   The assessment of potential human
  germ-ceil mutagenic risk is & multiatap
  process. The first step is aa analysis of
  the evidence bearing on a chemical's
  ability to induce mutagenic avents.
  while the second step involves an
  analysis of its ability to produce these
  events in the mamntiiHmi.-yip»«i--All
  relevant information is than integrated
  into a weight-o£evidence scheme which
  presents the strength of the information
  bearing on the chemical's potential
  ability to produce mutations in human
 4jerm cells. For chemicals demonstrating
  this potential, one may decide to
 proceed with an evaluation of .the
  quantitative'consequences of mutation
. following expected human-exposure.
«  For hazard identification, it is clearly
  desirable to have data from mammalian
 germ-cell tests, such as the mouse
  specific-locos test for point mutations
 and the heritable translocatibn or germ-
 cell cytogenetic tests for structural
 chromosome aberrations.lt is
 recognized, however, that in most
 instances such data will not be
 available, and alternative mians of
 evaliistica will be Tequirsti.Tn such
 mass iha Agency will evaluate the
 evidence bearing on the agent's
 mutagenic activity and the agent's
 .ability to reach and interact with or
 affect the mammalian gonadal target.
 When evidence exists that an agent
 possesses both these attributes, it is
 reasonable to deduce that the agent is a
 potential human germ-cell mutagen.
 1. Mutagenic Activity
   In evaluating chemicals for mutagenic
 activity, a number of factors will be
 considered: (1) Genetic end points (e#,
 gene mutations, structural or numerical
 chromosomal aberrations) distorted by
 the test systems, (2) sensitivity and
 predictive value of the test system* for
 various classes of chemical compounds,
 (3) number of different test systems used
 for detecting each genetic end point, (4)
 consistency of the results obtained in
 different test systems and different
 species, (5) Aspects of the dose-response
 relationship, and (6) whether the tests
 are conducted in accordance with
 appropriate test protocols agreed upon
 by experts in the field.
   The array of mutagenidty  testa
 available will be reviewed within the
 following qualitative perspective;
 greater weight will be attributed to tests
 conducted in germ cells than in somatic
 ceils, to studies in mammalian ceils than
 in tnibroammalian cells, and to studies in
•eukaryotic calls than in prokaryotic
 cells.    :

 2. Chemical Interactions in the
 Mammalian -Gonad
   Evideacc for choEiiieai interaction in
 th» mammalian gonad spans a range of
'different types of findings. Each
.chemical under 'consideration needs to
 be extensively reviewed since this typa
..of evidence may be part of testing
 exclusive of mutagenidty per se (e.g..
 reproduction, mstabolism. and
 mechanistic .investigations). Although it
 is not possible to claasiry clearly each
•type of information that may be
 available on a chemicaL two possible
groups are illustrated.
   Sufficient evidence of chemical
 interaction is given by the
 demonstration that an -agejit interacts
with germ-cell DNA or other ctaromatin
 constituents, or thai it induces such end
.points as unscheduled DNA synthesis.
 sister-chromatid exchange, or
 chromosomal aberrations in germmal
 cells. Positive results in a mammalian
 germ-cell mutation study also
 demonstrate the action of the chemical
 hi the gonadal target cells.
   h. Suggastiva evidence will include
 the finding of advers* gonada! effects
 following acute, subchronic, or chronic
 toxicity testing, or findings of adv«rae
ireproductiva effects, which are
 consistent with interaction with germ
 cells.

 3. Weight-oif-Evidenca Determination

   The evidenca for a chamical's ability
 to produce mutations and to interact
with the germinal target are integrated
into a weight-of-«vide3cs judgrsant that
 the agent may pose a hazard as a
potential human garm-cell mutagen. All
information bearing on the subject.
whether indicative of potential concern
ornot, must be evaluated. Whatever '
evidence may exist from humans must
also be factored into the assessment.
   Information available will vary
greatly from chemical to chemical
'because 'there are many mutagenidty
test systems, and there has been no
systematic attempt to develop
information on all .chemicals of concern.
The responses noted for different tests
may also vary from chemical to
chemical since often :one does not find •
consistent positive or nagative results
across all tests. Chemicals :may show
positive effects for some end points in
some test systems, but negative
responses in others. Each review must
take into account the limitations in the
testing and in the types of responses
that may- exist

-------
 43329
                                                        •XXX-35      -          •          /•''":

                                    /  VoL 40, No. 227 / Friday.  Movember 23. l@a§ / Notieas
 categorization of Uss «raight of
 a classification scheme is prasssated ts
 fflusteBts, m a ssmpiifisd sssass, the
 strength of the informatics bearing oss
 rautageaidty (Table 1J. It fe not passiMa
 'to ilusteats ai.p0teEfel etKsbfesfeJS of
         , aad csasMssafete jsdjpaeEii
fa wfeisSz tasi» ®
taolageaie activity and evidence for chemical
taiasasncgB is tfas gonad. but the evidatsca is
ksa tfeas swiBsisaS. This eetegofy is      ;
pffitostia% taigs and betarogaasous ia aattee
                    su^eiaatio
                                                 fe
                                                      ate
  Svlssnsttiii evktees denotes a sittsaitoB ia
wt^j &s swidsajs ia HasiSsd to asfofsu&oa
          s aetivity or to o-rideessi of
 Table i sad diMSKst&i pssslotialy is
 sections 1, 2, aad 3     ail fee
@sSs} piss snfScteaS svidcnos ihat the
         isity. In additeis certain
                                        c«as aad one stmem'aS tsbfamotom®
                                                       Biensgaslias ealla and
                                        	iiacaicali
                                        wSth
SCS induction is ZEajasasMaa germ eeOs|
 o? gaxn-csil tsats ia Mpsar eukaryotas
 {&&. Drorapiiila tesSsJ may pravida a
                                        DssigmatSan of evideaee e» limited does
                                        not praduda Siss usa of such iafGisBa
                                        to tst pmdties fotfwrtbss testog or to
        riasit evideacs fcs? potential
        .ggna-caH saistagefflidS^
 include eases in wMds posiidvs
       aliaagi
                 eH test Aim fe
 geneml. suSdant svideaca s^sts whea
      is conSnaed mntageaie activity to
 « least two diffsraaft teat systsafe at
 Isast BSSS of wlikdt is iss ^iSBEJHaSlss
  Although dsSnitive proof of
naa&ratageaidiy is sot possible, it
sasEss appsopriats that a chemical conid
bs classified operationally as sot a
human gessa-cd! outages, if it givsa
negative'resfjoasas m those test systems
feat Scgstiisr fidfill the criteria (L&. all
                                                       tmSal faasaea garm-eell
                                                   rparfo
                                                               .Tset systems
 soiB&is&t and limited that includes
 cases hi which there is soma evidence
 for mutageaic activity and for
 interaction with germ coil&
   Limited evidence !b? potential human
 gaiai-oll uKJtaganidtjp esdaSs when  .
. ovideaz® is availabk enSy fe
 mntagenicity tests (otfeaar feaa
 BsaamBaHan gessa fi®Kls) ^ only for
 chemical interactions hs &e gonad. •
  1. Sufficisnt en-idaEB* exists whsssa pcssitiva
 nsjiMinses an damosstyated in:
  a. at least 009 xa mva mammalian gens-cgil
 mutatioa test, or
  b. at leect two poict mntatioa tests (at ieast
 one ia mammalian calls) plus sufficient
 ovidsfflce that the cbemicai iutoracts with
 mamsEaiiaa g«na caMa, OT
  c laast two •tnteturai
  •Takes into considaratioa tas extent
quality, and congistency of response* bearing
on an agent's ability to product mutageoic
events and to interact with in* mammaHnm
gonadal target. Nmmutegeaie teat responses
(e.g, SCS in gsrsE calls; may help to efevate
                                      • capable of detecting week responses
                                       (adequate statistical power) and should
                                       ba spprapriats for the chemical or class
                                       of ehaasieala under iavastigatioss.
                                         MsgaSSif s svidsass of chemical
                                       hiteragiio^ Is the gonad in the presence
                                       of evidesea of mutagenic asfivity may
                                       still signal SOTisg eoaosm is regard to
                                       somatic effectsCl^. Other combinations
                                       of relevant Msmstioa will most likely
                                       require cas®4sy-ease evaluation. It may
                                       also ba possible to operationally define
                                       s cfeaassieal as not being a human germ-
                                       csH smtsgea based en negative results
                                       from other assays which provide
                                       information about mutagenidty and/or
                                       interaction with germ-cell chroraatin.

                                       C Quantitative Assessment
                                         Hie preceding section addressed
                                       primarily the processes of hazard
                                       identification. Le^ the determination of
                                       whether a substance is a potential germ-
                                       cell mutagea. Often, no further data will
                                       be available, and judgments will need to
                                       be based on mainly qualitative criteria.
                                       For quantitative risk assessment, further
                                       inforsaatiisra is required, namely,
                                       dsfeaiiaatioa of the heritable effect per
                                       itsii of esspoaure (dose-response) and the
                                       relutesaMp between mutation rate and
                                       dfesass incidence. Dose-response
                                                                               inteaatte 5s corabiasd with
                                                                               anticipated levds ssd patterns of
                                                                               hussan sKpossire in csder to derive a
                                                                                                to obtaining dos@-
                                                                              germinal siata iisas induced in miaet    ;
                                                                              mararaals. Several lest systems may   ' '
                                                                              provide such tefonnati0n, s.g., the
                                                                              mease heritable frsrasloeatioa, doBiiroant
                                                                              skeletal, dominant cataract and
                                                                                          ) tests. Although the   t
                                                                                        skeletal and cataract assays
                                                                              dommsat mutatiung, the haritability of
                                                                              ebserved effects has not been deaHy
                                                                              obtained at exposure levels nree& highar
                                                                              than those that will be experienced by
risk is obtained by exttapslaiiifig the
induced mutation frequency or the
observed pheiaotypic efiect downw&fd
to the approximate level of aatictpated
human exposure.                  •
  Hie Agency will strive to use ihe most
appropriate extrapolation models for
risk analysis and will be guidad by the
available data and mechanistic
eoaMderatisns ia this selection.
However, it is anticipated that for tests
involving germ cells of whole mammals.
few dose points will bs available to
define dose-response functions. In these
situations certain theoretical
considerations will apply(r-0). For point
mutations, linear extrapolations with no
threshold may be used as a conservative
approjdiBation. provided the results'
allow one to nils out major germ-call
selection. For structural chromosome..
                                       tranaiocations. linear extrapolation of
                                       the experimental data is thought to
                                       overestimate the risks at low levels of
                                       exposure aad use of a multiple-hit model
                                       is more appropriate.      ,
                                         The second experimental approach for
                                       quantitative assessment of genetic risk
                                       uses molecular doaimetry data from
                                       intact mammals  in conjunction with
                                       mutagenidty and doaimetry data from
                                       other validated test systems^). Tiss
                                       intact mammal is used primarily for
                                       relating the exposure level for a given
                                       route of administration of a chemical to
                                       germ-call dose. La., the level of mutagen-
                                       DNA interactions. This information is
                                       then used in conjunction with results
                                       obtained from mtitagenicity test systems
                                       in which the relationship between tha
                                       induction of mutations and chemical
                                       interactions with DNA can be derived.

-------
                                                                111-36
                       Federal Ragfctgr_/_Vol. 49. No. 227 /^Friday. November  23. 1984 / Notices            46321
    Using mutagen-DNA interactions as the
 "*  common denominator,a relationship
    can be constructed between mammalian
    exposure and the induced mutation
    frequency. The amount of DMA binding
    Induced by a particular chemical agent
    may often be determined at levels of
    anticipated human exposure. This
    approach is still experimental and its
    application involves many unknowns.
    such as possible difTarenaes between
    mammaUan germ cells end cells of the
    reference system with regard to types of
    genetic damage Induced and magnitude
    of repair.
     For some mutagonic events. DMA may
    not necessarily be the critical target
    Interaction of chemicals with other
    macromolecules, such as tubulin, which
    !a involved in the separation of
    chromosomes during nuclear division.
    can lead to chromosomal
 •   nondisfunction. At present, general
    approaches are not available for doss-
    response assessments for these types of
   mutations. Ongoing research should
   provide the means to make future
   assessments on chemicals causing
   anauploidy.

   S. Exposure Assessment
     The exposure atimtmant identifies
   populatou expocsd to toxic caaateals.
-^d*KsQ>*» their compodticn and size.
   lutdpcesents the types, magnitudes,
             , and durations of exposure
   to the chemicals. This component is
   developed Independently of the other
   components of the mutagenicity
   3, Risk CharactisrizatiQii
     In performing mutagtoidty risk
   asscssmmts, Itis impottant to consider
   each gtzatie end point individually. For
   example, although certain rfMMMteai
   substances that interact with DMA may
   ctus* both point and chroniosomsl
   mulations, it Is expected that the ratio of
   these events may differ for individual
   chemicals »™j between doses for a
   given chemical. Furthermore,
   transmissible chromosomal aberrations
   appear to be Indudble with higher
   frequencies in maiotic and postmeiotic
   germ-cell stages, which have a brief life
   span, than In spermatogonlal stem cells,
   which can accumulate genetic damage
   throughout the reproductive life of an
   Individual For these reasons, when data
  ara available, the. Agency, to the best
  extent possible, will assess risks
  associated with all genetic end points.
    Any risk-assessment should clearly
  delineate the strengths and weaknesses
 . of the data, the assumption!! made, the
.  uncertainties in the methodology; and
  the rationale used in reaching the
  conclusions. e.g» similar or different    •
  routes of exposure and metabolic
  differences between humanii and test
  animals. When possible, quantitative
  risk assessments should be expressed in
  terms of the estimated increase of
  genetic disease per generation or per
  lifetime. or the fractional increase in -tha
  assumed background spontaneous
  mutation rate of humansfS). Examples of
  quantitative risk estimates have been
  published (6, 22}; these examples may be
  of use in performing quantitative risk
  assessments for mutageas,   »
   (2) US. Environmental Protection Agency.
  198&MuUgeniciry:risk assessment proposed
  guidelines. Federal Register 45 (221): 74984-
  74988.
   (2} Committee on Chemical Environmental
  Mutagen*. 1982. Identifying and estimating
  toe genetic impact of chemical environmental
  mutzjpn*. Washington. DC: National
  Academy Press.
   (31 Committee 1 Final Report. 1983.
  ScrsKiiag ateategy for chemicato that are
  potential gsrm-eail muiagens in 'nMmimi«-
  MuUtRsa. Sift 117-177.
   M A complete reference of all Gene-Tox
  publication* i* available' from tin* TSCA
  Industry Assistance Office (TS-794), Office: of
  Toxic Subateacae, U^. Enviromnental
  Protection Ageacy. Washington. DC 20460.
   (5) Cocsmittea on the Biological Effect* of
  tonislng Radiatteo. isea The effects on
  populations of expcsuM to km levels of
  fcnizing radiation. National Academy of
  Sd«nc«s. W«3hingtoo. CC: NBttHMJ
   (6) United NatloM SdentUIc-Ckunmittw on
 me EEbcts o£ Atomic Radiation. 1977.
 SoBiees and effects of ianiztag radiation.
 Report of the Gmcnl Asiembly^ 32nd
 SesskBL. Suppteaant No. 4O(A/3Z/40), United
 NaUoaa, New York.
   (7} Ehling. UJi, D. Averback. EA. Cemtti.
 I. Friedman. R Greta. A.C. Kolbye. and MX.
 Mendnltohn. 1M3. Review of thti evidence for
 the preteoce or absance of threshold* in the
 Induction of geneticeffecti.by gcmotosic
 chemical*. Mutat. Res. 123^81-341.
   (4) Committee on the Inatitntional Mean*
 for the AtseMment of Risks to Pjblic Health.
 1963. Rltk atsetament in the Federal
 government; managing the pncesa.
 Commission on-life Science*. National
  Research Council. Washington, DC National
  Academy Preaa.
   (9} UJ5. Environmental Protection Agency.
  1S64. Proposed guideline* for expo*ure
  aliessmenl. onica cf Health and
  Environments! AMec*ntant
   (10} U& Environmental Protcclion Agency.
 ' 1984. Proposed guidelines for carcinogen risk
  assessment Office of Health, and
  Environmental A**aument.
   («} Flamm. W.G. 1977. DHEW Report on
'  approache* to datermiising the mutagenic
  properdea of chemical*: risk to future
  generations. Ji Environ. PathoL ToxicoL
 •1:301-352.
  • (12) McKuaicfc.Vj^l978.Mendeiian
  inheritance in mam catalogs of autosomal
  dominant, autecomalrecessive andx-linked
  phenotype*. Baltimore. MD: Johns Hopkins
  University Press.
   (73) Crow. JJ^ and C. Deoniston. 1981. The
  mutation component of geraetic damage.
  Science 212:888-893.
   (14} MusUova.1^ K.Micha!ova. and ].
  Urban. 1979. Slater, chromatid exchanges and
  chromosomal breakage in patient treated
  with cytostah'cs. Mutat Res. ,67:28»-294.
   (75) Strau**.;.GJt aud R.J. Albertini. 1979.
  Enumeration of 6-thioguanine-resistant
  peripheral blood lymphocytes in man as a
  potential .test for somatic cell mutations
  arising/n vivo. Mutat Res. 61:353-379.
   (78): U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.
  1983. Health effects teat guidelines. Office of
 Toxic Substances. EPA S8S/8/B2-OQ1.
 Available from: NTES.Sprijigfi.ld.VA.
   (27) U3. Environmental Protection Agency.
 November 24,1982,Pasticide* registration:
 propoced data requirement!. Federal Register
 47:53182-53203.
   (IS) Parker. DJU and JJL Williamson. 1974.
 Some radiation effects on legregadon in
 Drowphila. Genetic* 78:163-171.
   (7S] RusielL Utt. CS. Aaron. F. de Serres,
 WJAGan«ro*o.ia.Kannan,M.Sh8lby.J.
•Springer, and P. Voytek. Evaluation of
 existing mutageaidty bkwoaays for purposes
 of genetic risk a*ac**mmt Mutat Res. in
.press.
   (20J Ehrenberg U. 2. Moaitacchi, and S.
 Oiterman-Golkar. len. Oosimatry of
 geno toxic agentc and do*e-responia
 rektton»hip* of their efiects, Mutat Res.
 123:121-178.
   (32) Lee, WJR. 1979. Dosimatry of chemical
 mutagenc in aukaryote fermcell*. In: A.
 Hollaender and' FJ. da Serres. eds. Chemical
 mutagenr principles and mathods for their
 detection. VoL 5. New York: Plenum Press,
Tip. 177-202.
   (221 Ehling.'UJft. and A. Neuhauser. 1979.
 Procarbazine-induced specific-locus
mutation* in male mice'.'Mutat-Res. 59:245-
250.

-------
s®; prsntoy pus -sisfea
           40

-------
                                                              iday, November 23, 1S84  /  Notices
   ENVVIOfillfOTMLfnfOfHCTrON
   AGCMCY
   Itopowd Gukteftte* for tto rtoatn
   Ageaey(EPA).
   ACiwie Proposed Guidelines forth*
   Health AsMmnunt of Suspect
   Developmental Toxicants and Request
   for Cocaasats. _ _

   MMil«imTh*U.& Environmental -
   ftotectico Agtocy is propoaiaf
   Guidettttw for the Hsaltb, Assessment of
  Suspect Developmental Toxicants
   (GufcJtlinesJ. These Guidelines are
  fuoporod for use within the policy and
  procedural framework provided fay the
  various statutes that EPA administers to
  guide Agency analysis of developmental
  taxJdry data. We solicit public comment
  and will take public comment into
  account in revising these Guidelines*
  The Guidelines will be reviewed by the
  Science Advisory Board in meetings
  now tentatively scheduled for April   -

   Tflatd proposed Guidelines were
  developed as part of a broad guidelines
  development program under the
  ***pke* of th» Office of Health and
  Enviroiantntal Assessment (OHEA).
  located inthe Agency's Office of
  Research and Development Consonant
  with the role of OKEA's Reproductive
  Effects Assessment Group (REAG) as
  the Agency's senior health committee
 for developmental taoddty assessment,
 me Guidelines were developed by an
 Afeacy-wkk working group chaired by
 theREAG.
 ZM7K Comments must be postmarked
 by January 22, 1985.
 ADonnsts: Comments may be mailed
 or defrrextd to: Dr. Carole A. Klmmel,
 Reproductive Effects Assessment Group
 (RD-«ai}, Office of Health and
 Environmental Assessment, U.S.
 Environmental Protection Agency. 401 M
 Street, SW;, Washington. DC 20460.
 fott nmMXft tMramcAnoM COMTAGT:
 Dr. Carole A. Kimmel telephone: 202-
 382-7331. •
 msemmaatrKKt «tromumon: A
 preliminary draft of the Guidelines was
 sent for review to approximately 20
 scientists in the field of developmental
 toxicology within government.
universities In the United States, and the
private sector. Comments received from
these reviewers, generally favorable,
were taken into account in developing
the Guidelines proposed here.
   References end supporting documents
  used in the preparation of those
  Guidelines as well as comments
  rscaived are available for inspection
  end copying at the Public information
  Reference Unit (202-382-6626}, EPA
  Headquarters Library, 401M Street,
  SW, Washington, DC, betweoa the
  hours of tun aja. and 4^0 pja.
   Data* Ncwwabara, M84.
 Administrator.
 CeoMs
 L Introdoctian
 ffl. Qualitative AMefsoMnt (Haznd
    M«nMfleatiaoofD«»elopoB«Bt«l
  A. Cooventfceal Oevelopmntal
    TcocfeoJcfjr Protocols: End Points and
    Their Interpretation
    1. End P6ints,of.MatemalTaxicit?
    Z. End Points of Dmrelapauntil Toxidty
 ,  3. Overall Evaluation of Maternal and
  a Fnactional Teratology
  C Short-Tena Tecting in Developmental
    Toridty
    I. In ViVnMaminiil^n TwitOJOgy Stltuq
    2, Zn V/to Teratology Screen*
    3. Application
  E-HcmaaStodics
  F. CaeiMrisaos o£&fobenlar Sbnctnn
  G. WcrfghJ-af-Svidesict Detensktation
IV. Qossiitieathre AsaesiaMBt
                'ft
  C. Risk Characterisation
   These Guidelines describe the   •
 procedures-that the U.S. Environmental
 Protectioa Agency will follow ia
 evaluating potential developmental
 toxidty associated with human
 exposure to environmental toxicants. In
 the past, the Agency has sponsored
 conferences and issued publications
 which addressed issues related to such
, evaluations^ 2.3]. These publications
 provided some of the 'scientific basis foe
 these risk assessment Guidelines, and
 testing guidelines have provided
 protocols designed to determine the
 potential of a test substance to induce
 structural and/or other abnormalities 'hi
 the developing conceptus. The Agency's
 authority to regulate substance!) that
 have the potential to interfere adversely
with human development is derived
from a number of statutes which are
implemented through multiple offices
within the Agency. Because many
different offices evaluate developmental
toxidty, theiB is a need for introagency
consistency hi the approach to aissess  '
these types of effects. Hie procedures
described here will promote consistency
  ia the Agency's assessment of
  developmental toxis effects.
  - Approximately 50% of-human
  consepbises fail to reach term(& 4);
  approximately 3& of newborn children
  are found ta have oas or more
  significant cangenital malformations at
                 end of the first
 postnatal year, about 355 more are found
 to have aertous developmental defects
 (ft ••% It is estimated that 20% of human
 congenital EtalibrmatiQEis are caused by
 mutations, 10X are attributable to
 known environmental factors, and the
 remainder Transit &om unknown causes

   NsaEarooa agents have bean shown to
 be developmsiatai toxicants ia -animal
 test gystemei&j. Several of them have
 .elsoibeeQ showa-to'be .the .cause of
.advene developmental effects hi
       ,               ,
 busnUen. chlorobiphenyls,
 diethylstiibestnil. ieotretinoin, organic
 mercury, thalidomide. and vaiproic acid
 (3,10.0.12). Expcistire to agents
 affecting development generally results
 in multiple manifestations
 (malformation, functional impairment
 altered growth, and/or lethality).
 Therefore, asseantieat efforts should
encompass a wide anay of advene
developmental and points such as
spontaneous abortions, stillbirths,
malfoncaiktns, and othar adverse
fonctional physical changes that occur
postnatatty.
  The developmental toxidty
asssssments prepared pursuant to these
Guidelines will be utilized Within the
requirements and constraints of the
appUcable statutes to arrive at
regulatory dedciaas iconceming
developmental tasddty. These
                                              J provide a general format for
                                      analyzing and orgaisMas the available
                                      date for conducting risk assessments.
                                      The Guidelines do not change any

                                      standards tor dm type of data necessary
                                      for regulator action. Moraover, risk
                                     .assessmea} to just oaa component of the
                                      regulatory process and defines the
                                      advene health consequences of
                                      exposure to a toxic agent The other
                                      component, risk management, combines
                                     risk assessment with the directives of
                                     the enabling regulatory legislation
                                     together with sodo-economic, technical,
                                     political, and other considerations to
                                     reach a decision as to whether or how
                                     much to control future exposure to the
                                     suspected toxic agent The issue of risk
                                     management will not be addressed in
                                     these Gaidelioea.
                                     has deflnsd risk assesament as being
                                     comprised of aoma or all of the following

-------
                                                         211-39
                                    / Vot «, 'No/227'/ Friday November 23. 1384 / Notea
'componants: hazard ideatifieatiem. doss*
raspoaas szaessmsat, exposus*
              -   -                .&
       general, tfaa process of assessing the rials.
       of hmaaa daveiopme&tal tojddty may
       be adapted to this fomst Hans&vw, dua
       to special consideratio&s sza assessing
       dev«lopia«Et«l texssit1^ which will fes
       discesssd kter ia ttesa Cfeisfefes®, it is
       not always apprr saA
                 tia
IL Defiiatlssaff
  Hia Agancy DKS®gaizea> that &•«?&• ass-
differanca* in. thta u».'o£ teesa^ia Jha-
ftald of. davelapmaalal t
_ '   will be used.
                                         Ds'stslopmentGl Toxicology*—The Said'
                                             ! with the inductio
                                                     tfcs time of puberty. The
                                                         vsiopmaratal
  Em&syo&sxissty and Fstotosdcity^-
Am^: tods- «Soct oa- fes-csacaptae ap@-
i«8«ilt of ps«»stal ^^asurar the
distinguishing featei®S®t«w®s ths tema?
is the tfzsiad dariag wfelcfa tfeamaalt
oeoomdi T&a tasnse* a^ueesf ksa,
                           rowth.
                                                       - A
                                       badjrw^gkJi BodfE waigbt may er may
                                       ast ba -assGHspasiad % a dianga to
                                                            . BM>i'ha»i8gin«-
                                       aad miHiSsstaiSons o£aliaiatiana or
                                       maltestion is usually de&ned as a
                                                         to a«pmat
                                       til®
                                       el'ecf OB &nx«£raLo£ hsaM a* e.
                                       variations
                                       shies tEere esdsts a continuum of
                                       responses &om the normal to the
                                       extreme deviant There ia no generally
                                       accepted classification of malformationa.
                                       often used bus no Batter
                                       indudes asaomali'ea, deformatioEja, and
                                       aberratione.
                                       TeadsamfeJ-
                                       provide a
                                       assftil for
                                                      ttaodd^c atodis®
                                                                       ass-
                                      >ats cpneeptu@ that may bs-peeduiaad hfi
                                      as ttlsijp® wogostiss to, *nv*>?
                                       growth, and function
                                       the Srat three effscts are nssMaassasdte
                                       the conventions! developmental Jojcieity
                                                                             asldom evaluated ia routine
                                                                             This ssetlora wiEdissuas the format and
                                                                             analysis of «3ffiv®ffltional studlss as well
                                                                             as th@ u@@ of data fbssa otissr typea of
                                                                             atudtea, including foaetiocal stodisa,
                                                                                           , aad pharmacddaaiics.
                                                                             Toxists/soy Protocols: End Points aad
                                                                               The meat commonly used protocol for
                                                                                   involves the adBEimstraSioK of a teat
                                                                                   substanea to p^egEaaS aaimaie (i?.sas.Ey
                                                                                   sales, rats,. GKsafetoa) during, tins persod
                                                                             find the
                                                                             use asspoeuss'psdodS.of ose ta a-few
                                                                                                              :ar
                                                                             seaaitivlty Ibr induction of
                                                                             spsd3c organs or organ systws^lS],
                                                                             Fetuses alive at matemel saeriBfis ara
                                                                             thoraugMy evaluated for eiteratiejiis ia
                                                                                                 sitoiiidiach
                                                                                   IdB8%,
                                                                                   higB dosai wMdt producas some
                                                                             (NQEL5.fesss*S3ffi&!
                                                                                  gf«SGgs. Ssi
                                                                                           fas
                                                                             •  The nesct tern- ssettteas dis
                                                                             individual end paints of rastasssslSassds
                                                                             dsvelopmeatal to^ldSy,.
                                                                                   svalustiora ofaS'dati£.shd'uding;tIie-
                                                                                   relative eifets-ef "expjsam on metei
                                                                                   aniusalkssssl tSaiFoSeprfc^i..
                                                                             obs37v@d as indisatora of maismal
                                                                             tcairaty are listed in Table 1. M^ternaf

-------
 4SS28
                                                         in-40
                   Federal  Register / VoL 49. No. 227 / Friday. November 23. 1984  /  Notices
 oortallty is an obvious «nd point of
 maternal toxldty: however. a number of
 other cad points eta be observed which
 may ghre an.indlcatioa of the subtle
 effects of the agent For example, in
 weB-coadncted stadia* the end point
 percent pregnant, iodise tes the general
 tetiUty rate of tbaankial«todc used •
 cod I* ea important indicate* of toxic
 efiecta if treatment begins prior to
 implantation.          <
MbrUHty
BKc*BtEr«iB
               (iachidsa «fl litters with
  Treatasrt days (at least tat middk. and
 .  bat treajjBMiit days) Sacrifice day
Bogy W aj^hl Chii?ffi§
  Thrccjhoei GattmtJoa
  0urio§> h1 nil Ui nil nl (indnpln^ incrmfints of
    time within treatment period)
  FoeMnetmeot to sacrifice
  CocrsctsdnurtanuU (body weight change
            t gestation Bifntis gravid
    Blarfna weight or Utt« weights*
    uoifice)
Orjfta Weights (In cues of suspected tpcciSc
  organ toxidty)
  Abtohrte
  RaUithre to body weight
Food and Water Consaaipi&m (whore
  telcvxnf)
CBafcal S^pm (OB daya oftnuttBent aadat
  •eoifiai)
           fetidtae* of cUaical signs
  Body weight end the change in body
weight are viewed collectively as
indicators of maternal toxicaty for most
tpedes. although these end points may
not be as tuwful in rabbits, because ..
body weight changes in rabbits era not
food indicate** of pregnancy status.
Body wslght changes may provids more
informatioa than • daily body weight
measored dormf treatment or during
gestation. Changes in weight during
treatment could occur that would not be
reflected in theoverafl weight change
throughout gestation, because of
compensatory weight gain that may
occur following treatment but before
•aerifies. For this reason, changes in
weight during treatment can be
examined as another indicator of
maternal toxicaty.

  Changes in maternal body weight
corrected for gravid uterine weight at
sacrifice may indicate whether the effect
Is primarily maternal or fetaL For
example, there may be a significant
reduction in weight gain throughout
gestation and in gravid uterine weight
but no change in corrected maternal
weight gain which would indicate
primarily an intrauterine effect
Conversely, a change in corrected
 weight gain and no change in gravid
 uterine weight suggests primarily
 maternal toxicity and little or no
 intrauterine effect An alternate estimate
 of maternal weight change during
 gestation can be obtained by subtracting
 the sum of .the weights of the fetuses.
 However, this weight does hot include
 the uterine tissue, placenta! tissue, or
 the amniotic fluid.
   Changes in other end potato should
 also ba determined. For example.
 changes in relative and abiralute organ
 weights may be signs of miiternal effect
 when an agent is suspected of causing
 specific organ toxicity. Food and water
 consumption data are usefoi especially
 if the:agent is Administered in the diet or
 drinking water. The amount ingested
 (total and relative to body weight) and
 the dose of the agent (relative to body
 weight) can then be calculated, and
 changes in food and water consumption
 with treatment can be evaluated along  •
 w(th changes in body weight and body
 weight gain. Consumatory data are also
 usaful when an agent is suijpected of
 affecting appetite, water intake, .or
•excretory.function. Clinical signs of
 toxicity may also be used us indicators
 of maternal toxicity. Daily body weight
 i;h«ngg-» ij^ipng tr»mtTn>n» iilnng with
 clinical observations may ?»e useful in
 dsscribing ihs profile of miiternal
 toxicity.                 ~

 2. End Points of Developmimtal Toxicity
   Bacmuss the maternal animal and not
 the conccptusie the individual treated
 during gestation, statistical analysis of
 the data should conaider both the
 individual fotui and the litter. Table 2
 indicajtes the way in whick fetal and
 litter end points can be'expressed.

 TaMsS-EDdPohrtsofDeTriupmaaUl
                                        AUUttut

                                        No. implantstkm sites'/dam
                                        No. coipora Intern (CLJ/dam^
                                        Percsnt PreimplaaUtion loe»
                                        No. and percent live -fetuses/Utter
                                       -No. and Descent roaorptions/Iitter
                                        No. and percent litters with resorptloni
                                        No. mnd percent kte fetal desjhs/litter
                                        No. and percent nonlive (late fctaJ death* +
                                          re«orption>) implants/litter
                                        No. and percent'litters with ntinlife implants
                                        No. and percent affected (noniive +
                                          malformed) implanU/litter
                                        No. and percent with effected implants
                                        No. and percent litters -with .total resorptiont

                                        Litters .with 'live fetuMat
                                        No. and percent -Utters with live fetuses
                                        No. and percent Jive.fetuces/Utter
                                        No. males/Utter
                                        No. females/Utter
 NaraMo/Utter
 Mean (x) fetal body waight/Uttar
 MMQ (x)male body weight/Utter
 Mean (x) female body weight/litter
 No. and percimt axternally malformed   '•
  :f«tuses/Btter
 No. and paieaat vigcerali? malformed
  '.fittnsM/litter
 No.andp«rcaattk«J«laJ!yra«lfonned
  lattuos/littar
 No.aBdparc»aijaalJbraiadfetu9«s/lUter
 No. and parcsnt litters with malfossaed
  •fetuses                     .    ' .
 No. sad parcect malformad males/litter
 No. and parcent malformad fescales/litto
 No. and pwcent fetUM« with variatioiw/llttcr
 No. and percsnt littara'havtag fahiMi with
  variations
, Type* and incidence of individual
  -.inauoRnaaons
'TypasaHdimddenea of individual yariatioat
 Individual fstutes and their maifonnationi
  and variationj (groupaii according to liHcr
  anddoaa)
  • Only when traataient begins prior to
 nnplantation. May b« difficult Ui mice.

  When treatment begins prior to
; implantation, an increaas in
 preimplatation loss could indicate  an
 adverse affect either OR the developing
 blastocyst or oathe process of
 implantation itself. Further studies
 would ba necessary to determine the
 cause and extant of this type of effect.
  The number of live fetuses per litter,
 based on all litters, includes any litters
 that have no live implants. On the  other
 hand, total nonlive implants
 (postimplantation lose), is a combination
 of  me end points, reiprptions, and late
 fetal deaths. An increased incidence per
 litter for any of the end pointe indicating
 postimplantation loss would be
 considered a significant toxic effect to
'the conceptus. The number of litters
 showing an increased incidence for
 these end points is less useful than
'incidence per litter, because a litter is
 counted whether it has .one or all
 resorbed. dead.or nonliva implants.
  A statisticaUy significant increase in
 postimpiantation loss following
 exposure to an agent is a severs form of
 developmental toxjdty, but there is  ,
 considerable interlitter variability in the
 incidence of postimplantation lossUT). If
 a statistically significant increase is
: found after exposure to an .agent, the
 data may be compared not only with
 concurrent controls, but also with  recent
 historical control data. If a given study
 control group exhibits an unusually high
,tjr;low incidence of postimplantation
 loss compared to historical controls.
 then scientific judgment would have to
 be used to determine the'adequacy of
 the studies for risk assessment purposes.
  The end point for affected implants
 (i.e.. the combination of nonliva and

-------
                  /  ¥©L  4a Ma. m / Friday, November 23. M84 /
... J..^^».,. ^..,.HjS>r,.^«.—^,»^y»:^^«mM^^'».«^^
                    • laddaestef fetdividuei typss e£           at Jerasts%-©k-(ag^ giaslsaas,-'!s
 . .„-„.	,	        ssalferasatians and vsriatioBS gives an     soiventej.-thees d®vskipisseataJ effests-
 sffid sasstass      isadleatiera of thetypasofds^alepfBeatal   shoaM ra@ bs ifassed,
                     dsvtettess fsedsaeed by a paitisuiar  '       Approssfasss for ssEkisi ageats for
     ;gm             a^afcA!i»tegi!ftBd.hfidja!i              tfeefe ;«!«sti"*'* s
             eawi   gfvei sa todteatioa «f t8» pattern of
                     '
                                                            ft® fatis? snsswisss, &®@ is a grsate?
                     . msisnar, these should alsw fe gvainsted
                      as a
                                   toxicitf . Tfes feteragaaey   agsraife fefsi pssa tfes praatest thraat aisd'
                    „ doss-ralatsd- insg^ss in spoot^iseusiy
                    toceumng defects- as® asrsiwasst as
                      .     .-*•..         .       ..
                                       wids-rsaai&fHied fetuses a?e!HEisg-
                                       leltabta-indicatowofdevBtopawntai
                                                            inducible by sxogeooiiB agrals. an not
                                                            limited ;to dsatfe, steietisai
                                                            absujnaalitias, and altered growtk
                                                                        ,
                      Jo^idty thsa fe miKsfagr of Itttera wife    Riathw. ithmlteaademosmtratediaa
                                                   do oat
                                                            dwfag attics? ctevafeamaoiad periods
                                         iate htatssrseai1
                                           te Sstsrpretstioa
                                           eapssB% «^
factors that sheuld ba eersaf^sr^d to tUs-    considering ail- zBaigmail and
evaJlua tiasa. of fetal' weight efeaagsSo Far     dev-eiapHssErfaJ eod: psists ia orde?-to-
      -   -    -              ' , fetal
                                                              The vsris^f of gwstcssas assd end paints
                                                            that may ba evah5atsd"»s,t«Kj estensive
                                                                            ; (251. At gseseatno
W@k^fiaL 89 tasuuasay aaw^^^isssriy uvarmzrawswi      4*4»«i*^a-'«*«M*affifliii*ftww*»M^ «*»«*-.—«- ~~ «——                    	j
ws&Btocdze,aisdth8?^se?8nd'ofth*   evalMa^osa-sif matesaBai toxhaty asdtte    stinrfard te8tog.procedtoaft are
doBe^acaaiwairoiBaybecsafeaadsd   doe®ieiz®l8-aiwMc&itcssffis thesstos    nmtmeIymed,ais*tnMlia8lB«Jto
bw-aassiteSittesas^fe^sased'fetai-      evaluBtiott-o£de««ie|HB8ataiti»uBity      apparaat diss?epsamsa'tz8 the outooine
wei^t AddltiaassM^ tfe® av®sag® body    and the-leweas-at ^kicfe Uasse- end poimte  of csrtefc stssdies. Sess® attempte te
weigfetirftasls-^sisssta.^BsiSS'diaa.      occu&tafsua^ an afea£ that produces  gtandardtes-isarfevakatBpres^OTKri
that of female fei^as ia ta® m@sa         changes is.as^ of the-torn E»ajo2 classes'  are bsteg mads^. faa. fistenamatoa.
                                       el dewalepmeatal tesssiSp ^ • d®s» dsmfc-  of fustetSmMsl «5srap8toss-o«eH- Sswolvas
                                       is mlmm&lly toais or not tosras tor taa      higMy s^ada-llsecf —*-'-— —••*
                     sfeai^aJI      .      matam'ai animai is eonsidemi to have.
maifossaatiasss^Ilieal^ t
!ittss«8,c
              ;-3»asaiiJSiiifea-f5sJssted      ffl^sHiall^' tsKcia doses- b$aBjente-te
                                       ^^^adsktfeiamamsgipsssEs ias5rc?iaaif-  Qaturacfa
                                                            forKra

-------
  4S32S
                     IH-42   ,

/ Vol. 4& No. 227 / Friday, November 23. 1964  /  Notices
  of Its biological significance and dote-
    Tb« means for appropriate
  intarpntation of data from functional
  teratology sindfos is not always dear *
  doe to the lack of knowkdga about the
  toxicologfcai sigoifieaaea of spudfic
  fancttoriil alterations. However, several
  jtnaral coocepts hava arisen from tha
  nowafca to data which may ba useful in
  dtuipsinf stadia and evaluating data,
    2. Several aspects rlitody design an
  similar to than ns«d m standard
  dewlopnmatal toxkirjr atodiia (e-g, a
               approach with tha  •
         dot* producing minimal
  maternal or fatal toxictiy, number of
  litters ltrg» eocogh fee ade^tzato
  statistical pow«p, nusdosizmtioxx of
  animsJa to dot* group*. Utter generally
  coesldend th» statistical unit etc.).
   2. Replication of a study strengthens
  th* confidence of data interpretation.
   3. Ufa of a pharmacological challenge
  may aid in evaluating function and
  "unmasking'* effects not otherwise
  detectable, particularly in the case of
  organ systems that an endowed with a
  reasonable degree of functional reserve .
  capacity;
   4. Choice of functional tests with a
 moderate degfw of background
 variability may be man useful in
 deteetict effects of af«tt exposure than
 testa based, on functional systems with
 low variability that may be impossible  '
 to disrupt without being life-threatening.
 Butcher et aL(27) have discussed this
 with relation to behavioral end points.
   S. A battery of functional tests is often
 neceawuy to evaluate fully the
 functional compateota of any given
 system; thaw tests may need to be
 conducted at several ages to account for
 matufatioiial changes.
   B. Critical periods for th* disruption of
 functional competenc* may include both
 th* prenatal period to tha time of
 puberty, and the effect is likely to vary
 depending on the time of exposure.
   Although interpretation of functional
 data may be difficult at present there
 are at least two days in which the data
 from these studies may be useful for risk
 auwtmcnt purposes. First these
 studies can be used to indicate whether
 or not an agent has the potential to
 cause functional alterations, and
 whether these effects occur at doses
lower than those that produce other
forms of toxicity. Second, if the agent in
question is already in the environment
tha functional-data may be used for
focusing on organ systems to evaluate in
exposed h«""tn populations.
   C SIwft'Tazsn Tsatmg in Deveiopnwnt
   Toxitaty
     The need for developmental toxicity
   Samoa has arisen from the large
   nomber of agents in or entering tha
   environment and the increaned interest
   in reducing 'tha number of animals used
   in and the expense of testing. Currently.
   two approaches are being considered for
   their applicability in the overall testing
   process: an in vivo mammalian screen
   and a variety oSla vitro systems.
   Neither approach is seen xt ithis time as
   nplacmg current in vivo developmental
   toxicity testing. Rather, they era being
   considered for their usefulness in
   assigning priorities for furthnr. more
   extansrva  testing.

   l./a Vivo Mammalian Teratology
   Screen
    An in vivo approach developed by
   Chamoff and KavIock(2S) uses the
  pregnant mousa and it-designed to
  reduce the resources required for
  pracliminaryindication of
  developmental toxicity.This approach is
  based on the hypothesis that a prenatal
  insult which results in-altered
  development will be maaifeiited
  postaatally as reduced viability and/or
  impaired growth. In general the test
  substance is adminiatered over the
  period of major organegeneaia at a
  single dosa level that will elidt some
  degroa of maternal toxicity. After birth.
  the pups era counted and weighed on
  days 1 and 3. End points that are
  considered in the evaluation .Include:
  general maternal toxicity (including
  survival and weight gain), litter size.
  viability and weight of the offspring, and
  gross malformations. Basic priority
  categories for further testing have also
  been suggested: (1) Agents that induce
  perinatal death should receive highest
  priority. (2) agents inducing perinatal
  weight changes should be ranked lower
  in priority, and (3) agents inducing no
  effect should receive tha lowest
  priority(29). The major goal of this test is
  to predict the potential for
  developmental toxicity of an agent in
  the species utilized. It does mot increase
  the ability to extrapolate risk to other
  species, including'humans. Additional
  studies to evaluate the validity of this
  approach as a screen for developmental
  toxicity are currently  being carried out,
 and a system for giving a numerical
 ranking to the .results  has been
 suggested to prioritize agents for further
 testingfaa 30).

 2. In Vitro Teratology Screens
   Test systems that fall under the
 general heading of Hzn w/ro" include any
 system that employs a test subject other
  than the mtcst pregnant mammal These
  systems have long bean used to assess
  events associated with normal and
  abnormal daveiopment but only
  recently have they baea considered for
 -their potential *s screens in testing (31,
  32.32). Many of tfeate sysiems are now
  being evaluated for^m®ir ability to
 •predict m« developmental toxicity of
  various cganta. This validation process
  requires certaim considerations In study
  design, iEclading defined end'points for
 .toxicity and an understanding of the
 system's ability to handle various test
 agents(3£ 3*). A list of agents foip use in
 these validatiottstudies has been
 developed(J5}.

 3.AppIieatioa

   When ths validity of a screening
 system is establiah9d.it may be used to
 set priorities for further, more
" comprehensive in viva testing. In many
 cases, a'betiery bftwo or more
 screening systems may be needed,
 employing tests with end points that
 coUectiveiy represent'several
 embryologic processes. In addition,
 many of these systems can be applied in
 an attempt to answer specific questions
 of a dose-response, target-organ, or
 mechanistic nature. Jh'vitro approaches
 may aid in establiahing the effective
 dose maireackea the target tissue.
 Either thezh n'ro or in vitro short-term
 approaches may be useful in addressing
 stroetmre^ctivity relationships and the
 synergiatic-antagonistis potential of
 chemical interactions. Thus, pertinent
 information can be derived from these  •
 approaches and may be useful in the  .
 assessment of potential risk.
D. Pharmasakmetics

  Extrapoiatkm cf data between species
can be aided considerably by the
availebilityofdataonthe  •
pharmacoirineHca of a particular agent
in the specie* tested and. if possible, in
humans. b£onsmtion on half-lives,
placenta! metabolism and transfer, and
concentrations of the parent compound
and metabolite* in tha maternal animal
and conceptus may be useful in
predicting risk for developmental
toxicity. Such data may also, be helpful
in. defining the dosa-response curve,
developing a more accurate comparison
of species sensitivity including that of
humans (38.37J, .determining dosimetry
at target sites, and comparing
pharmacokinstic profiles for .various
dosing regimefu or routes of exposure.
  Pharmacokiaetic studies in
developmental toxicology are most
useful once » developmental toxic effect
has been produced in a give species
with a -parttcmlar agent Pharmacokinetic

-------
                                                    xxx-43
                            Refists? / Yel- 40. Mo. 227 / Friday, November 23,      / Notices
  data for risk assessment in
  developmental toxicology ideally should
  be derived horn pregnant females at the
  stags when developmental insults occur.
  QfSsn ths only data available are from
  males, nonpregnant females, or from
       nt feisalss at a tim@ ui&ralated to
 the fetal period rtan malfomaticas
 were induced eusij ia ofganogeneete).
 Tha eorralattai of phasmacoMsjeas and
 useful in determining the contribution of
 specific pharataeo!ds@tts parameters to
   Because of the ethical considerations
 Mvoived. littl® human testing has bean
 or ia likely to be done. Therefore, does-
 effect developmental toxidty data from
 humans are generally not available.
 Human epidemiologic studies may
 provide the best information for
 assessing human risk and would reduce
 the problems in spedes-to-spedes
 extrapolation. However, interpretation
 of epidemiology data must account for
 smuounding factors, suds as maternal
 •ise, parity, muttipla esspc
 aasaiaiag accnmt
of
 exposure lavels ia tine eovtaameiai,
 points, etc. When human data are
 available, they can ba used with othsr
 supporting animal data to assess human'
 risk.

 F. Comparisons of Molecular Structure

   Comparisons of the chamical or
 ar~ nMt *•!•!• ««Q**««% wa«M
 those of known dstasZo^mantal toxicants
 may provide soms indication of a
 potential for developmental toxidty.
 Such infbgmatioa may ba useful in
 priority-setting of Agents for testing or
 for further evaluation when only
 minimal data are available.

 G. Weight-of-Evidence Determination

  Information available from studies
 discussed previously, whether indicative
 of potential concern or not, must be
 evaluated and factored into the
 assessment The types of data may vary
 from chemical to chemical and certain
 types of data may ba more relevant than
 otjier types of data in performing
 developmental toxidty assessments.
Therefore, all data pertinent to
 developmental toxidty should be  •
 examined in the determination of a
 chemical's potential to cause
deveiopmsniai toxidty in humans.
Whatever evidence may exist from
             humans must also ba factored into the
             assessment.
             IV. Qsaaotitaiiva Assessment

               Risk assessment involves the
             description of the natura and often the
             magnitude of potential human risk,
             including a description of any attendant
             uncertainty. In the final phase of the risk
             assessment, ma otatpute of the
             qualitative evaluation, the dosa-
             rscponse, and the exposure data are
             combined to give qualitative and/or
             quantitative estimates of the
             developmental toxidty risk. As part of
             me risif assessment, a summary of the
             ateengtha and weaknesses of the hazard
             identification, dose-response
             assessment, exposure assessment, and
  Major assumptions, sdentific judgments,
  and, to the extent possible, estimates of
• the uncertainties in the assessment are
  also presented.

  A Dose-Responss Assessment

   Because human dose-effect data
  usually are not available, other methods
  have bests used in developmental
  toxicology for estimating exposure
  Isvels that are unlikely to produce
  sdvarsa effects ia Iranians. Tha does*
  »apoa®8 assessment is usually baeed
 ' apoa tSss araluatton of taata performed
  fa lataatory animals. Two approaches
  frequently employed involve ths use of
  safety factors and margins of safety,
  which fa some respects are conceptually
  similar. However, they are computed
  differently and are often used in
  different regulatory situations. The
  choice of approach is dependant upon
  many factors, including the statute
  involved, t&a situation being addressed.
  the data bass used, and ths needs of the
  dsddon-maksr.
   The safety factor approach is intended
  to derive a calculated exposure level
  that is unlikely to cause'any
  developmental toxic responses in
  humans. Ths size of the safety factor
 will vary from agent to agent and will
 require the exercise of scientific
 judgment(3,39), taking into account
 interspedes differences, ths nature and
 extent of human exposure, the slope of
 the dose-response curve, and the
 severity of the developmental effects
 observed at exposure levels below
 maternal toxidty in the test spedea. The
 safety factor selected is then divided
 into the NOEL obtained from the most
 spnrepriafaj and/or sensitive
 mammalian species examined to obtain
 an aecsptable exposure level Currently,
 there is no one laboratory animal
 species that can be considered most
 appropriate for predicting risk to
                                        httmans($}. Each agent she-aid be
                                          The margin of safety approach dsrives
                                        & ratio of ths NOEL from the most
                                        sangifes spsdsss to the estimated
                                        gGuress(4Q{. Use adequacy of ths margin
                                        of safety ia then considered, bassed upoo
                                        th© weight el svidsncs, including quality
                                        of data, Rtsmbes of species affected,
                                        doss-respons® relationships, aad other
  As discussed earlier, ths prefemd
study design for a developmental
taicity study includes a lainimum of
tare® doseK a high dose that produces.
jainieaa! maternal toxidty, at least cue
intermediate doss, and a low dos@ that
demonstrates a NOEL Nevertheless,
there may be droimstancss in that there
is a nesd to perform a risk assessment
based on the results of a. study in which
& NOEL could not be identified, but
rather, in which this lowest doas
administered caused some nwginaHy
significant affeci(s). This lowest dose
could be identified as the lowest
observed effect level (LOEL). In
circuisstaaces where a LOEL can be
identified, it may bs appropriate to
apply an additional safety facto?. The
magnitude of this additional fsetor is
dependent upon scsumtific judgment IK
                                                                             ba needed to afreragthes die confidence
                                                                             in this additional safety factor.
                                                    The results of the dose-response
                                                   assessment are combined witSj an •
                                                   estimate of iusmaa exposure in order to
                                                   obtain a quantitative estimate of risk
                                                   The proposed Guidelines for Exposure
                                                            assd will not be discussed in,
                                                  any detail her®. &?. general fee exposure
                                                  exposure. This infomatta is developed
                                                  frcni monitorial! data aad from  -
                                                  estimates based on modeling of
                                                  environmental exposures. Unique
                                                  considerations relevant to
                                                  developmental toxidty are duration and
                                                  period of exposure as related to stage of
                                                  gestation (ie., critical periods), and the
                                                  fact that a aitigis ssspoem-a may be
                                                  eufSeiest to produce adverse
                                                  developmental affects (i.e., chronic
                                                  exposure is not necessary for
                                                  developmental toxicity to be
                                                  manifested).                   s
                                                    There are jsuiaerouB uncertainties
                                                  asscciaied with tha Joxicological and
                                                  exposwe compeaeiata of risk assessment
                                                  that in tfea past have often sot been '

-------
                                                           IXX-44
41331
                   SfeJsss! Kagnte / V^L.48.
pnwcstwi. T^w pMttdt
qoalitativ*) cr qontitsthn risk
                            '
cancarnfrtg tit* qpditjf.of tfa« data*
           '
of Kid octets ?»»« fiv.tiM.QthjSI' GQfi
                              .
        ]| racaooc oaly, cJiaagd iafetal
weight ua oflea daestfabla at doasa
btlow thos« producing after alpis of
   At pTCSHlt. tima ij DO
  At pTCS
model tha
      [ that is generally Quad fox
 estimating developmental toxicity
 response* below tha applied doB* range/
 Thl» is due primarily to tha lack of
'tmdatstanding of tha biological
 mechanisms underlying developmental
 toxicity, intra/interspadss differences in
 tho types of developmental-events, the-
 influence of maternal effects on the
 doto-rtsponsa curva. and whether or not
 • threshold exists below which no effect
 will be produced by an agent The
 assumption of a threshold is based
 largely oa the biological rationale that
 th* embryo is known to hava some
 capacity for nrpair of tha damags or
 in«\ilt(*?), and. that-most developmental
 davialions are probably multifactorial m
                                         E«terc{<3)>.Havif:sv8r, the esdiBtenc* of <•'•-
                                         so effect ifffc! caamoi be proi^aa
                                         statistically.
                                           Dfsouaioms.of risk extnpolation-
                                                     a'ire noted thai farther work
                                         &x ccEJrolIiEgrisk.that coasliinas tha
                                         VSM ft ^s^^timmiirjil mndatarfag lovto •
                                         dc-3 ostisEatioE cf.risk.with ffia:
                                                              fiiGtoibasffldoaa.
                                         apgEosch is similar to. appraiichea.
                                         propos-d'for card
                                         t&issMolii; and'may pnmda «-moi»
                                         quaatilathrc appteacE'to COB trolling
                                         risSc. For. th* present, tha Ageacy will'
                                         CJKzaEua to uai. safstjf
                                         apptopriati modsle will ba sought and
                                         applied if coot ides^d acceptsble.
                                           £oss8
                                         pPocediiTss that the U.S. Environmental-
                                         Erotfictidn Agpney will fbllnw in
                                         evaluating the potential for tigents to
                                         cause dsvalbpxngntal toxidtf|r. Thesa
                                         Guidelines wiftbcr reviewed and
                                         updated aa.edvancea are made in tha-
                                         fiU^.aioffisit la ovidantthatwuE ability.
                                         to sva&its asd paedict humiin
                                                       '
                                        Fnrtlte? cicdiea tSiat.delinaatB the
                                                                     toxicity,
                                         and'pathogenesiikpravidecnntparaiiva
                                         phamacokicetiE data, and elucidaie the
                                         functioaal modalities that may. be
                                         alterad by expooura to toxic, agents will
                                         aid in tha interpratation of data and
                                         intesap^des extrapolation. These types
                                         ofchidiesa,.alG3gwith.fiiztheiJ«valuatioh
                                                 aHmiahip hatwmm
and fetal toxicity and the concept of a
timshold in developmental Coxicity. win
provide for die development of
ispsovcd mathamaticaimoelels to more ;
nndsely assess risk. •     1


  {31 UA BtnrfroaiBBntml Protection Agency.
1862. Health eSacU last guidelines. Chaplw
IL Specific «gan/tis«u« toxidty-
tuMtoganicity. Office of Toxic Substanca*.
Availablsfrom:NTIS.Springfie1d..VA.PB8^
232984.
  (2) U.S. Emrironmontal PrbteaUoir Agency.
1930. Assosfment of risks to human ~
repmduetion and lo development of the
humtiB ooncephu from nxposuni to
envirojsascatai nibatances, pp. £16-116.
Available ftoss: NTiS. Springfield. VA. DEaz-
007997.*                    "
  ( 5) U43. Environmeatai Protection Agency.
1682. Pesticide* regislration: prtipoad data
rsqnlrsiaiiaSs. Federal RegiaSer 47-^31 92-
53203.
  (4) Hcrtig. AIT. 1B67. -Hia ovarail probltm
ta man. In: if. Beoiicchke. ad. Comparnttvn
                                        aspsrets o€
                                        NYJ
                                                                                                 iwa faiiiinB. J*I«w York.
                                        Meiltenuatiaa«,iB a pcpulaiiaa obMrved-for
                                        five ywrs afterbirth^ las GJ.W.
                                                                    . ed§^ Qba
                                        duingiti Ji
                                                                                            , Med. : Asses,
                                        drags jiaiaasifeJ.Gi SWlssa and F.C. Prasor.
                                        •di. Hiffidbcok cfteatology. Now Yotfc J*.Tf:
                                        Stsnom Press, pjjfcOB-SSS.
                                        t»«tog«siic asestSi Third EditioB. Baltimore.
                                        MD: Johns Hopkins Uahraswty&esa.,
                                          (^ Scbardain. Ji. 1983. TotstogsniB risk
                                        aaaessEHOfaJo: H. Kfiiter; ed. itaae* snd.
                                        swtewaJa tesalofogy, VoLl. Mew YorteOflYi
                                            ssBnis*, pa.- 181-214.
                                            J Sbipanl TJi.l9S4,.TcratogsKK an.
                                          (IJ) Brnwo, NJU asi'S. FaBKX 19«3. Tho
                                        Tmlosofsniznalteratogeffljiiityieaticsfcr
                                        predicting Jnanzss risk. CUffl. OBsSet; Gyneco!.
                                        28M67i«Tr
                                          (12) Kinmd; CA- JJ'; HO!»OBI; GJ. Hogw.
                                                                                 Report fiw 'S^ptgUatat KtK.emS. NCTRi
                                                                                                  , ,
                                                                                   (19) CosanriK»«.on.the.!inaSihitionaJ Maene .
                                                                                 for ti» Asssssaaentsof itisfaL-ta.-2ub1lc Health.
                                                                                 1983. Ri«K ««»eieaMSt.to tKaJPederal
                                                                                 govaram«B
          gciaat Sdaansn. Nt
ReMareh GbondtWaaMngton. DC National
Acsdausy Press, pp. W-83>
  (H] Food «nd Brog Adijnisiittration. 1S68.
Guidelinas for reproduction and teratology of
drug*. Buraau of Drags.
  (73) Pood and'Drug Adintafatration. 1970.
Advisory CommitteaoiLPjpotQcols for Safety
Evaluations. Fiscal oa .Reproduction Report .;
on Reproduoaoa Studies in tKa Safety
Evaluation of Food'AddiUvaii and Pesticide
Retidnsa. TojdcoL AppL PhnnnacoL 16264-
298.
  (Jfl) Sympc»isim oa-«ffeotii of radiation and .
otbor.dai*terfaiis;eg«ita «n>erabrymiic>
development; 196fc j. CalL.Coaap. Phyaio!. 43
(tuppkl).
  (17) Woo. D.C^and:RAt Hoar. 1879;-:
Reprodustive performance and spontaneous.
malformationt ia control Charles Rivar rats.
A joint-studs for MARTA. Teratology 19.-S4A.
  (IS) Interagency Regulatory Liaiaon Group.
1961: Report of the Developmental Toxicity
End Points Workgroup. Workshop on
Reproductive Toxicity RiskvAsEcsimem.' '
Roekville; MD,Septcsajbcr 21-23. ,
  (79) Johaaca. EJd. 1881. Screening for:
teratogenic hazards-nature .of Ihe problem;
Annu. Rav. PharmacoLToxicCTk 21:417-129.
  (2O\ Johazoa. £M» and B^.G. CabaL 1833.
An artificial embryo for detection of •
abnormal developmental biology.; Fund; Appl.
ToxicoL 3-J!43~2€a
  (21) Fabro. •&.' G. SchulL and N^=L Brown.
1082. The relativa tentogenic index and.
teratonenin potency: propowsd uompanenti of

-------
                                                          m-45
/V©L_49, N0..227/ Friday.  November 23, 1884 /  Notlees .
                                                                                                                        4S331
 dswslopiBssSsl toxieity risk soessamsnt.
 Tasstogsnasis Careinog. Mutagea. 2m-7&
   (28J Johnson. &M. 1884. A priorii&atfem
 and biological dccisiea tree for
 As. Call T«Kskai 3.141-1*?.
   (S3] Kedier. RM. tem Bsfeavteal
 teratology. Its J.G, WUfoa end F.C Prase?.
 eda, Handbook ef teratology. Vol. 4. New
 York. NY: Hemssa Rress. pp. 397-42a
                    end CA, KtasoeL 1S?8.
 DawJopsassst SEM stasMardlaatiaiB of
   (2S) Ksviock. R.J.. aad CT. GrabowafcL eds.
 fssBCJloeaJ tesatalegy. Prog. Ola. Biol Res,
 VoL 140. N«w? York. NY: Alan 8. Uss. fafc
  (5S) KfauBsl C&, J. Easj&e-Saai, f. Adams.
 L.W. Reiter. T.J. Sobotkc. aad HA. TUeon.
 1SS2. Dasigss eenjjdsratiosifi ia tha evaluatiQa
 of stnmfedted ms&ads in a behavioral
 tssatotegy etisdy. Taratclogy 2S^4A.
  (2?J ditcher. ItE. V. W«jolea. end C.V.
teratology teasing: test verisbilify and
         . TejaJogeissMJs Caisaaog, MuUegao.
  (28) Ossmoa; R, and R.J. Kavlock. 18S2,
An in vivo t^atoid^ Mseea uijlizing
prsgaffiat mice. J. TosdesL Environ. Health
  (£9) Ssfflwa. J J4. 1SS& ValidatJoa of aa ia
                             of erabsyo/
   Ssaith. 1984. Results of tssKsg flftssn glywl      pregnant rats and rtaus monkeys. TQticoi.
   toaddty assay. Eravte^. Haslta. Perspact, ia       C^l KtaaseL CA» and J.F. Young. 18*3.
  • sygtetBK thsir poteEtisl i5«s in fswsiogsjsia:^
   ssfssening. In: J.G. WtSsoa w& F.C. ?rasc».
   edn. Handbook of teratojssgj?, Vtii 4. New
   Yarfc. NY: H^sum I^ess. pp. 135^183.
     (32! Kfessal GJ» 1C Eiaith. DJ^i KasEfcar.
   Caralnog. Matagea. &221-229.
     (53J Browa. N-A, aad &B. Fabro. S^a'The
   /is vitro apprasdi to icroSogaRicily tasting. IK
   K. SnsO. ed Dsvclsspjaenta] Jsssdeolsgy.
   leKidca fisglaad: &»QH-Ks!as, pp. 31-67.
     (5«) Kimssd. GX. 1984. & wfcw tests ia
   SCTBosisisg teratogsns: scarndCTaHoEa to aid
   the vstidattoa'pseeesa. Is: M. Heriia. ed
   Pnmmtiea of pisyakal aad mental eetcgessital
   defects. Pan A. New Yorit. NY: Alaa R. Lias.
  ,!E&, Izs jgsss,
  ,   (SSJ Smith. M^GX-Kianas!. DAI
  Kochhar. TJi Shepajd, 3J>. Spisiberg, aad
  J.G. Witsen. 1883. A isJsstioa of candidate
  eofflpciaada for in vitro tepaJoganesis teat
  validation. Teratoganesis Carcinog. Miitagsn.
 '
    (38) Wifeoa. J.G> W.J. Scott. E.f. Ritter. sad
  R. Fradkia, 1S7S. Coraparative distribution
  pragaaat sate asd thssm swnkeys.
                                             (»J Wtass. J.G, U. Mltar. WJ. Scott, aad
                                           E, FradMB. JS??. Comparative dlaSHfcisKoa
                     ToxicoL 3^S®-355.
   (£S>) Hs-gsa. MB, aa^ B.C. H^sL 1882.
 S:st!apcisa&-n SB mssis. IK A.W. Hayas. ed.
 .ftlaeptes ^sd neilteds at toxicology. New
 Yosfe, NY: Eavss PBS»S, pp. 711-731.
   1.4S) Oitlik. UJ, Q.Q. Bui. G.J. Buria, aad
 S.C, Bepsea. 1SSS4. Stsndard evaiuatioQ
 prseedurog for te^tolog^ studiea PraftJ.
 TessdKjiogy Braadt, Hazard Evaluation
 S'lviaiea Og-ic-o of Pesticide Pwgrasns, U^.
 Esirojimsatei i?rof.5!£tioa Agency.
   (41} Keiscsn, Cf, and ]$. Holson. 1978.
Ssscblsssjs aad adwasssassents.^. Saviraa.
PstteL To«isoi aaw-i^.
  (48J Witeoa. |.G. i973. EavironisssaS and
birth defeat®. New Yodc, NY: Acadesnc Fsess.
pp. SS-32.
  {43} Fyaaar. F.C 1S77. RalaJian of aaimal
afeuJies to th« prabtem is. man. In: J.G. Wilaon
aad F.C F^sssf. ads. Handbook of temtetogy.
VoL 1. New York. NY: Plaaiira Freaa, pp. 7S-
§8.
  (<«•) EEvirooaaenial Health Criteria 30.1834.
Principles for evaluatuig health risks to
progeny associated with exposure to
chemicals during pregnancy, pp. 111-114.
World Health Organization. Geneva.
Switesriand.
  (4S} Gajrto. O.W. 3S83. The us® of safety

-------

-------